Gen 2.20: So da guy give name to all da kine animals dat live wit peopo, an all da kine
head: Da Peopo Do Wat Dey Not Suppose To Do
Gen 3.6: Den she give um to her husband too, an he eat um.”
Gen 3.14: Cuz you wen do dat, I goin make bad ting come to you.
Gen 3.14: No mo odda animal dat I goin make bad ting come to dem, Da way goin come to you!
Gen 3.14: dat I goin make bad ting come to dem, Da way goin come to you!
Gen 3.19: Fo get nuff food outa da groun, An afta, you goin go back to da dirt Cuz I wen make you outa da dirt.
Gen 3.21: skin fo make clotheses fo Adam an Eve his wife, an give um to dem.
Gen 4.9: You tink I da guy suppose to take care my brudda an watch wea he go, o wat?”
Gen 4.10: Wat you wen do to him, hah?”
Gen 4.10: blood stay ova dea on top da groun, jalike he stay calling to me fo help.
Gen 4.12: From now, you gotta jus go one place inside dis world to anodda!
Gen 4.14: Goin be lidis: I gotta jus go one place inside dis world to anodda, an anybody dat meet me, bumbye dey like kill me!
Gen 4.15: he kapu, so if anybody meet Cain, dey know dey not suppose to kill um.
Gen 4.16: dey call "Da Homeless Land" fo live ova dea, from Eden to da east.
Gen 4.23: One time, Lamek talk big to his two wifes: “Eh, Adah an Zillah!
Gen 6.2: guys jalike gods dat wen check out da daughtas dat born to da peopo.
Gen 6.4: dat time, da guys dat jalike gods an da daughtas dat born to da peopo wen come togedda an get kids.”
Gen 7.13: big boat, plus Noah wife an da three wahines dat married to his boys.
head: God Make Promise To Noah
Gen 8.21: He tell, “Dis da last time I goin make bad ting happen to da groun just cuz a da peopo.
Gen 9.3: Same ting wit da green plants -- I give um all to you guys.
Gen 9.22: he no shame, he go outside da tent make big deal bout um to da two brudda guys .
head: Noah Tell God Fo Make Bad Ting Happen To Da Canaan Ohana
Gen 9.24: He find out wat his boy Ham wen do to him.
Gen 9.25: Noah tell, “I like God make bad tings happen to da Canaan ohana!
Gen 9.26: say good tings bout Yahweh, Da God dat my boy Shem pray to!
Gen 10.30: Da place wea dey all wen live go from Mesha to Sefar, dass da up country east side.
Gen 11.31: Den Terah wen talk to his boy Abram an his grankid Lot dat was Haran boy, an his
Gen 11.31: So dey wen go outa Ur, da Chaldea town, to Canaan side.
Gen 12.2: I goin make good tings come to you.
Gen 12.3: Da peopo dat tell, ‘Eh Abram, I like God fo do bad tings to you!’
Gen 12.6: Den Abram dem start fo go from one side Canaan land to da odda side.
Gen 12.7: He tell um: “Dis land ova hea, I goin give um to da peopo dat goin come from you bumbye.
Gen 12.13: you tell peopo dat you my sista, so den dey goin make nice to me if dey like you, an dey goin let me stay alive cuz a
Gen 12.16: Da Pharaoh guy, he wen make nice to Abram cuz he tink Abram Sarai brudda.
Gen 12.18: How come you wen do dis to me?
Gen 13.15: Cuz all da land dat you see, I goin give um to you an to da peopo dat goin come from you bumbye.
Gen 13.15: Cuz all da land dat you see, I goin give um to you an to da peopo dat goin come from you bumbye.
Gen 13.17: I goin give da whole ting to you, az why.
Gen 14.4: towns aroun Babylon wen stay go togedda fo give hard time to da peopo dat live aroun da valley wea Lot stay live.
Gen 14.5: guys fo make war wit da Sodom guys dat no like pay notting to dem.
Gen 14.6: Den dey go up country to da Seir mountains an make war wit da Hor peopo.
Gen 14.6: Dey chase da Hor peopo all da way to El Paran nex to da boonies wea no mo nobody.
Gen 14.6: Dey chase da Hor peopo all da way to El Paran nex to da boonies wea no mo nobody.
Gen 14.14: chase da Babylon king guys an dea army guys, all da way to da place we call Dan.
Gen 14.20: He da One dat wen hand ova to you da guys dat wen give you hard time.
Gen 14.20: he bring back an make ten pile, an he give one whole pile to Melkizedek, ten percent.
head: Abraham Give Back Eryting To Da King Fo Sodom
Gen 14.22: Right hea an now, I put up my hand fo make promise to Yahweh, da God Dass Mo Importan Den All Da Odda Gods, da
head: God Make Promise To Abram
Gen 15.13: slaves, an fo four hundred years dey goin make any kine to dem.
Gen 15.18: Yahweh wen tell Abram, “All dis land, from da Egypt border to da big river dey call Eufrates -- all dis, I give um to da
Gen 15.18: to da big river dey call Eufrates -- all dis, I give um to da peopo dat goin come from you!
Gen 16.3: take Hagar, da slave wahine from Egypt side, an give her to her husband Abram fo be his odda wife.”
Gen 16.5: No good, how dis wahine make to me!
Gen 16.6: From dat time, Sarai wen make any kine to Hagar, an Hagar run away from Sarai.
head: God Talk To Hagar Inside Da Boonies
Gen 16.9: angel messenja guy dass Yahweh tell her, “You go back now, to da lady you work fo.”
Gen 16.9: respeck an do wat she tell you, no matta she make any kine to you.”
Gen 17.3: God wen talk to him lidis: “Cuz I get dis deal wit you, you goin come da
Gen 17.8: But I goin give all dis land to you an da peopo dat goin come from you, foeva.
Gen 17.12: So from now to foeva, ery time you guys get new bebe boy, wen da kid
Gen 17.17: wen go down wit his face on top da groun fo show respeck to God.
Gen 17.20: I wen lissen to you awready.
Gen 17.22: Afta God pau talk to Abraham, God go way from Abraham up inside da sky.
Gen 18.23: Abraham talk to Yahweh jalike you talk to one judge: “Eh Boss, can aks you
Gen 18.23: Abraham talk to Yahweh jalike you talk to one judge: “Eh Boss, can aks you one ting?
Gen 18.25: So den, you gotta make diffren kine to da good peopo an to da bad peopo!
Gen 18.25: So den, you gotta make diffren kine to da good peopo an to da bad peopo!
Gen 18.27: Den Abraham tell him, “Look, I like talk some moa to you if you let me.
Gen 18.29: Den Abraham talk mo to Yahweh.”
Gen 19.1: guys dat was wit Yahweh, Abraham place, dey wen get to Sodom sunset time.
Gen 19.5: Dey yell to Lot, “Eh Lot!
Gen 19.6: Lot, he go outside fo talk to dem.
Gen 19.8: let me bring dem outside hea fo you guys, so you can make to dem howeva you like.
Gen 19.8: Ony no do wat you talking bout to dese guys, cuz dey come from odda place an dey wen come my
Gen 19.9: Lot, “Afta we pau wit dem guys, we goin do mo worsa ting to you!
Gen 19.13: Get so plenny peopo dat stay yell to Yahweh fo help um, cuz da peopo hea so bad.
Gen 19.14: So Lot wen go talk to da guys dat goin come his son in law guys wen dey marry
Gen 19.20: Az ony small place, so let me run to dat place, so I goin stay alive!
Gen 19.27: Dat morning, Abraham wen get up early an go to da place wea him an Yahweh wen stand fo talk da day befo.
Gen 19.28: He look down da valley to Sodom town an Gomorrah town an all da land in da valley
Gen 19.30: Lata, Lot an his two daughtas wen go way from Zo`ar to da mountains.
Gen 20.1: Abraham move house from da place he stay an go sout to da Negev land.
Gen 20.7: Wat you gotta do, you gotta give da wahine back to her husband.
Gen 20.9: No good, dis ting you do to us!
Gen 20.9: I neva do notting bad to you!
Gen 20.9: But you wen make to me so I wen go do one real bad ting, an now God goin
Gen 20.10: dat make you make lidat to me.
Gen 20.14: He give um to Abraham, an he give Abraham's wife Sarah back to him.’-”
Gen 20.14: give um to Abraham, an he give Abraham's wife Sarah back to him.’-”
Gen 20.18: Den Abraham pray to God fo Abimelek peopo.”
Gen 21.3: Abraham, he give da name Isaac to da new bebe, da boy dat Sarah wen born fo him.
Gen 21.4: day old, Abraham cut skin, jalike God tell um he suppose to do.
Gen 21.12: Wateva Sarah tell you fo do, lissen to wat she tell.
Gen 21.14: He give um to Hagar, an help her put da food an da watta on top her back
Gen 21.17: Same time, da boy pray to God, an God lissen to him.”
Gen 21.17: Same time, da boy pray to God, an God lissen to him.”
Gen 21.17: One angel messenja guy from God call to Hagar from da air.
Gen 21.23: So now, I like you make one strong promise fo me an swea to God right hea an now.
Gen 21.24: Abraham tell, “I promise an I swea to God.
Gen 21.27: Abraham take sheeps, goats, an cows an give um to Abimelek, an da two guys make deal fo share da watta.
Gen 21.31: So da two guys wen make strong promise to each odda.”
Gen 22.11: Right den one angel messenja guy from Yahweh yell to him from da air, “Hui!
Gen 22.12: No do notting to um.”
Gen 22.13: Abraham go pull da sheep outa da bushes, an take him to da altar.
Gen 22.15: He talk to Abraham from da air one mo time.”
Gen 22.16: I Yahweh, an I like make one strong promise to you.
Gen 23.3: wea his wife body stay, an go ova by da town gate fo talk to da Het peopo dat live dea.
Gen 23.7: Den Abraham wen go down fo show respeck to da Het peopo dat was da local peopo ova dea.
Gen 23.8: Go talk to Efron fo me, dass Zohar boy.
Gen 23.10: So he talk to Abraham so all da odda Het peopo from dat town can hear
Gen 23.11: Right now in front all my peopo, I give um to you, da land an da cave, fo bury yoa mahke wife.
Gen 23.16: dey wen talk bout in front da Het ohana peopo an give um to Efron -- 400 silva piece, da kine da business peopo use
Gen 24.3: Promise an swea to God dat you goin find one wahine fo my boy.
Gen 24.5: I gotta take yoa boy back to da place you wen come from, o wat?
Gen 24.7: Yahweh, he make one strong promise to me.
Gen 24.7: He tell me, ‘I goin give dis land to da peopo dat goin come from you.
Gen 24.7: Dass da same God dat goin send his angel messenja guy to da place you goin go, so you find one wahine from dea fo
Gen 24.8: wahine no like come hea wit you, den da promise you make to me, pau.’
Gen 24.15: Right den, befo da luna guy pau talk to God, hea come Rebecca outa da town, carrying one watta pot
Gen 24.20: inside da trough wea da animals drink, an den she run back to da puka, an pull up plenny mo watta till all da camels pau
Gen 24.27: An same ting fo me too, Yahweh show me wea fo go, strait to da peopo from my boss guy ohana, jalike I suppose to!
Gen 24.27: to da peopo from my boss guy ohana, jalike I suppose to!
Gen 24.30: arms, an afta he hear Rebecca tell wat da luna guy wen say to her, Laban run ova dea outside da town by da watta puka,
Gen 24.33: luna guy say, “Befo I eat, I goin tell you wat I suppose to tell you.
Gen 24.37: “My boss Abraham, he wen make me make one strong promise to him.
Gen 24.39: If da wahine no like come back hea wit me, wat I suppose to do den?’
Gen 24.53: He give plenny expensive stuffs to her brudda an her mudda too.
Gen 25.10: an Ishmael, dey bury him inside da cave Makpelah side, nea to Mamre town, inside da land dat Abraham wen buy from Efron,
Gen 25.13: dat wen come from Ishmael, dis dea names from da oldes to da younges: Nebaiot was da numba one boy, den Kedar,
Gen 25.18: boys go fo live start from Havilah an go all da way to Shur nea da Egypt land, wea you go Ashur side.
Gen 25.21: Had one time, Isaac pray to Yahweh fo give his wife Rebecca one bebe, cuz she no mo
Gen 25.21: Yahweh wen lissen to wat Isaac wen pray.
Gen 25.33: Jacob tell, “Swear to God right now dat you give me da right!
Gen 25.33: So Esau wen swear to God.”
Gen 25.34: da oldes an he give away da right fo get his fadda stuff, to Jacob.
Gen 26.3: dat goin come from you, I goin give all da lands aroun hea to you bumbye.
Gen 26.3: I wen make one strong promise to Abraham, yoa fadda, an bumbye I goin make happen da ting I
Gen 26.5: I goin do all dis cuz yoa fadda Abraham wen lissen to me an do all da tings I tell um dat he gotta do, an
Gen 26.10: Abimelek tell, “No good, how you make to us guys!”
head: God Make Promise To Isaac
Gen 26.29: da deal we like make wit you: You no goin do notting bad to us.
Gen 26.29: Us guys erytime ony make good to you.
Gen 26.31: Ery guy make strong promise to da oddas.
Gen 27.5: Same time Isaac stay talking to his boy Esau, Rebecca wen hear dem.
Gen 27.5: Den, Esau go da boonies fo hunt da wild meat fo bring to Isaac.”
Gen 27.29: Da ones dat say dey like bad tings happen to you, God goin make bad tings happen to dem!
Gen 27.29: bad tings happen to you, God goin make bad tings happen to dem!
Gen 27.29: Da ones dat say dey like good tings happen to you, God goin make good tings happen to dem!
Gen 27.29: good tings happen to you, God goin make good tings happen to dem!
Gen 27.37: ting dat I can aks God fo give you, cuz I give eryting to him, my boy!
Gen 27.45: he no like kill you no moa, an he foget da ting you do to him.
Gen 27.46: Den Rebecca go talk to Isaac.
Gen 28.7: Esau know dat Jacob lissen to his fadda an mudda guys an like go Padan-Aram side.
Gen 28.13: God dat yoa granfadda Abraham an yoa fadda Isaac wen pray to.
Gen 28.13: Dis same land wea you stay sleep tonite, I goin give um to you an to da peopo dat goin come from you bumbye.
Gen 28.13: land wea you stay sleep tonite, I goin give um to you an to da peopo dat goin come from you bumbye.
Gen 28.22: An God, from eryting you give me, I goin give ten percent to you.
Gen 29.19: Laban, he tell, “Okay, az mo betta I give her to you an not to some odda guy.
Gen 29.19: he tell, “Okay, az mo betta I give her to you an not to some odda guy.
Gen 29.25: Wat you do to me!
head: Rachel Give Her Slave Girl To Jacob
Gen 30.3: Den she goin born kids fo hanai dem to me.
Gen 30.4: Dass how come Rachel wen give Bilhah to Jacob fo come jalike one nodda wife.
Gen 30.9: take da slave wahine Zilpah dat work fo her, an give her to Jacob fo come jalike one nodda wife fo him too.
Gen 30.16: My boy wen get love apple root, an I give some to Rachel fo pay fo you sleep wit me!
Gen 30.17: God lissen to wat Leah wen aks um fo do.
Gen 30.18: good kine, cuz I wen give da slave wahine dat work fo me to my husband.
Gen 30.32: Give dem to me, an az how you goin pay me.
Gen 31.2: Jacob see one nodda ting too: Laban not acking nice to him jalike befo time.
Gen 31.5: tell his wifes, “I see dat you guys fadda not acking nice to me now, da way he wen make befo time.
Gen 31.5: But no matta -- da God dat my fadda guy pray to, he stay wit me.
Gen 31.9: away da sheeps an goats an cows from yoa fadda, an give um to me.
Gen 31.12: Dass cuz I see awready, eryting dat Laban doing to you.
Gen 31.15: Jalike he wen sell us, an all da money dat suppose to be fo us all gone awready.
Gen 31.16: an stuff dat God take away from our fadda guy an give um to you, fo shua dass fo us an our kids.
Gen 31.19: she go steal da idol kine gods dat her fadda ohana pray to.
Gen 31.24: No say notting to Jacob, bad kine o good kine!
Gen 31.29: But las nite, da God dat yoa fadda guy pray to, he tell me, ‘Watch out!
Gen 31.29: No say notting to Jacob, bad kine o good kine.
Gen 31.36: Wat kine bad ting I do to you, dat you chase me lidat?
Gen 31.39: kill one a your sheeps o goats, I neva bring da body to you.
Gen 31.41: Yeah, dass wat happen to me, da twenny year I stay wit you.
Gen 31.42: “But da God dat my fadda pray to, dass da God fo Abraham.
head: Laban An Jacob Make Strong Promise To Each Odda
Gen 31.50: If you make any kine to my daughtas, o if you marry odda wahines, no matta no mo
Gen 31.52: pos, dey stay dea so us no goin foget dat I not suppose to go da odda side dis pile fo bus you up, an you not suppose
Gen 31.52: go da odda side dis pile fo bus you up, an you not suppose to go da odda side dis pile an dis pos fo bus me up.
Gen 31.54: Den Jacob make sacrifice to God dea inside da up country, an he tell Laban an all da
Gen 32.5: I send dese messenja guys to you, cuz you my boss, an I like tell you I stay coming an
Gen 32.12: You wen make promise to me awready, ‘Fo shua, I goin do plenny good kine stuff fo
Gen 32.15: He pick 30 camels, wahine kine dat giving milk to dea bebes, an dea bebe camels, plus 40 cows an 10 young
Gen 32.16: But from one bunch animals to da nex bunch, wait short time fo go, so dey all no go same
head: Jacob An Esau Make Good To Each Odda
Gen 33.4: Esau run to Jacob fo tell um aloha.
Gen 33.8: I wen send dem fo you make good to me, cuz you da boss."
Gen 33.10: dis present dat I stay give you cuz I like you stay good to me."
Gen 33.13: an da sheeps, da goats, an da cows, dey giving milk to dea bebes, an I gotta take care dem."
Gen 33.15: You da boss, an you making plenny nice to me awready!"
Gen 33.18: He get dea okay, an notting bad happen to him.
Gen 34.3: So he make nice to her.
Gen 34.5: Jacob find out dat Shekem wen make pilau kine to his daughta Dinah.
Gen 34.7: Dat not da kine ting suppose to do.
Gen 34.8: Please, give her to him fo come his wife.
Gen 34.11: Den Shekem talk to Dinah fadda an brudda guys too.
Gen 34.11: He tell um: “I like you guys make good to me.”
Gen 34.13: Dey talk lidat cuz a wat Shekem wen do to dea sista Dinah.
Gen 34.14: tell Shekem guys dis: “Us guys, we no can give our sista to one guy dat neva cut skin.
Gen 34.20: da town gate wea da importan peopo hang out, an dey talk to da odda guys from dea town dat stay dea.
Gen 34.24: da guys from da town dat stay old nuff fo dea army lissen to Hamor an his boy Shekem.
Gen 34.30: dis land, da Canaan peopo an da Periz peopo, dey goin make to me like I one stink kine guy.
Gen 34.31: You tink az okay fo dem make to our sista jalike she one wahine dat fool aroun fo money, o
Gen 35.1: Make one altar dea, fo pray to me.
Gen 35.2: way all da kine stuff dat make you so you no can pray to God.”
Gen 35.3: He da God dat lissen to me, dat time I get plenny trouble.
Gen 35.4: Jacob bury all dat stuff unda da big tree dat stay nea to Shekem.”
head: Jacob Pray To God Bethel Side
Gen 35.8: Dey bury her unda da big tree nea to Bethel.
Gen 35.12: Da land dat I wen give to Abraham an Isaac I give you dat same land.
Gen 35.16: Wen dey stay coming nea to Efratah town, Rachel stay ready fo born her bebe, but
Gen 37.4: Dey hate um so plenny, dey no can even talk nice to him.
Gen 37.19: Dis wat dey all saying to each odda: “Eh!
Gen 37.27: Mo betta us guys sell um to da Ishmael ohana guys!
Gen 37.28: Dey sell um to da Ishmael ohana guys.
Gen 37.35: But he no like lissen to dem.
Gen 37.36: Afta dey get dea, dey sell Joseph to Potifar, an he wen buy um.
Gen 38.10: he see dat az real bad, how Onan no stay do wat he suppose to fo his mahke brudda guy.
Gen 38.11: Judah tell his daughta in law Tamar, “Go back to yoa fadda place.
Gen 38.11: odda boy Shelah come big, den he marry you jalike suppose to.
Gen 38.14: Befo time, she wen wear da kine clotheses she supposed to wear cuz her husband mahke.”
Gen 38.14: Timnah road go inside Enaim, an she sit down ova dea nea to da road, wit one blanket aroun her.
Gen 38.17: Den I give um back to you.
Gen 38.19: so now she wearing da kine clotheses she suppose to wear cuz her husband mahke.
Gen 38.20: Take dis bebe goat to da wahine ova dea dat fool aroun fo money, an bring back
Gen 38.26: Cuz fo shua, I suppose to give her to my boy Shelah fo marry from long time, an I
Gen 38.26: Cuz fo shua, I suppose to give her to my boy Shelah fo marry from long time, an I neva.
Gen 39.1: Now, come back to da guy Joseph.
Gen 39.1: Afta da Ishmael guys take Joseph ova dea, dey sell um to Potifar.
Gen 39.9: An you tink I goin do dat to him?
Gen 39.10: Ery day, she talk to Joseph lidat, fo try make um go bed wit her o hang out wit
Gen 39.23: in charge a da jail neva worry bout notting dat he suppose to do, cuz Joseph take care eryting an Yahweh stay wit
Gen 40.1: time afta dat, had one guy dat get da job fo give da wine to da king a Egypt, an one nodda guy dat get da job fo bake
Gen 40.3: So da Pharaoh guy turn um ova to da guy in charge a da army guys dat execute prisonas, fo
Gen 40.5: Da guy dat use to give da wine to da king befo time get one dream, an same
Gen 40.5: Da guy dat use to give da wine to da king befo time get one dream, an same ting fo da guy
Gen 40.5: befo time get one dream, an same ting fo da guy dat use to bake da bread fo da king befo time.
Gen 40.7: Joseph talk to da two guys dat use to work fo Pharaoh befo time, an now
Gen 40.7: Joseph talk to da two guys dat use to work fo Pharaoh befo time, an now dey stay wit Joseph
Gen 40.9: guy dat was da boss befo time fo da peopo dat give da wine to da king, he tell Joseph wat he wen dream firs.
Gen 40.11: Den I wen give da spesho wine glass to da Pharaoh guy.
Gen 40.13: give you da same job jalike befo time, fo give da wine to him.
Gen 40.16: Den da odda guy, da one dat use to befo time stay in charge a da guys dat bake da bread fo da
Gen 40.20: dat befo time stay in charge a da guys dat give da wine to da king, an da guy dat befo time bake da bread fo da king,
Gen 40.20: dat befo time bake da bread fo da king, an dey bring um to him.
Gen 40.21: dat befo time was in charge a da guys dat give da wine to da king, da king give um back da same job jalike befo
Gen 40.23: Still yet, da guy in charge a da peopo dat give da wine to da king, he neva even tink bout Joseph.
Gen 41.8: an same ting fo all da guys inside da land dat suppose to know wat fo do erytime.
Gen 41.9: Den da guy dat stay in charge a da guys dat give da wine to da king, he talk.
Gen 41.13: You wen give da same job jalike befo time back to me.
Gen 41.41: I turning ova to you awready, eryting inside Egypt land.
Gen 41.48: tell his guys fo go bring togedda all da food dey suppose to put away.
Gen 41.52: kids ova hea inside da land wea dey wen make any kine to me.”
Gen 41.56: fo open up da place he get all da food inside, an sell um to da Egypt peopo.
Gen 42.4: da oddas, cuz he tinking, “Maybe someting bad goin happen to him.”
Gen 42.6: Was him dat stay sell da food to all da peopo inside dat land.
head: Da Brudda Guys Tell, Dey Wen Do Bad Ting To Joseph
Gen 42.21: Da brudda guys talk to each odda wit dea own language.
Gen 42.21: Us getting punish cuz all da bad ting we wen do to our brudda guy Joseph.
Gen 42.21: scared an plenny sore inside, an he beg us fo show pity to him, but we neva lissen!
Gen 42.23: Cuz Joseph, he ony use da Egypt kine language fo talk to dem, but get one interpreta guy dat use da Hebrew language
Gen 42.28: Wat God stay do to us?”
Gen 42.29: Jacob, Canaan side, dey tell him eryting dat wen happen to dem.
Gen 42.30: He talk mean to us, an he make to us jalike we spies dat stay checking out
Gen 42.30: He talk mean to us, an he make to us jalike we spies dat stay checking out da land ova dea.
Gen 42.38: If someting bad happen to him ova dea, fo shua you guys goin make me come real
Gen 43.9: till I mahke, cuz I goin know dass one bad ting I wen do to you.
Gen 43.12: dat dey wen give back inside yoa bags, take all dat back to da guy.
Gen 43.22: Plus, we wen bring da odda money dat we suppose to pay fo da food dis time.
Gen 43.23: Cuz da money you guys wen pay dat time, all dat wen come to me, you know.
Gen 43.25: he come home noon time, cuz dey wen hear dat dey suppose to eat lunch his house.
Gen 43.33: Ery one a dem tell da guy nex to him, “Eh!
Gen 44.4: My boss wen make good to you guys, but you guys, you do bad ting fo pay um back!
Gen 44.6: He tell um wat he suppose to tell.’-”
Gen 44.16: Wat we can say to you?”
Gen 44.16: How we goin make proof to you dat we neva do notting bad?
Gen 44.29: Fo shua, if someting bad happen to him an he mahke too, dat goin be real bad, an you guys
Gen 44.29: so plenny sore inside, dat I goin go wit all my grey hair to da place wea da mahke peopo stay.
Gen 44.30: “So, I no can go home to my fadda dass yoa slave guy, an da boy no stay wit us.
Gen 44.31: sore inside lidat, an he goin go wit all his grey hair to da Mahke Peopo Place.
Gen 44.32: Me, I yoa slave guy, but I wen make promise to my fadda, dat I myself da guy goin take care fo bring back
Gen 44.32: I wen tell um, ‘If I no bring him back to you, den I goin get shame foeva from do bad ting.
Gen 44.34: Eh, no make me see da bad ting dat goin happen to my fadda den!
Gen 45.12: own eyes too, dat dis me fo real kine, dat stay talking to you guys.’
Gen 46.1: God, da same God dat Isaac, dat was Israel fadda, wen pray to befo time.
Gen 46.2: he wen see someting jalike one dream, dat God was talking to him.
Gen 46.3: God tell um, “Dis me, God, da same God yoa fadda wen pray to befo time.
Gen 46.18: She da slave wahine dat Laban wen give to his daughta Leah.
Gen 46.25: She da slave wahine dat Laban wen give to his daughta Rachel.
Gen 46.29: Joseph tell his guys fo tie da horses to his fancy horse wagon.
head: Da King Give Land To Da Jacob Israel Ohana
Gen 47.11: an his brudda guys land inside da bestes part a Egypt, nea to da place dey call Rameses town.
Gen 47.14: dat get inside Egypt land an inside Canaan land, come to Joseph cuz da peopo pay him fo da food dat he sell.
Gen 47.21: From one side Egypt to da odda side, Joseph make da whole Egypt peopo move house
Gen 47.21: da odda side, Joseph make da whole Egypt peopo move house to da big towns.
Gen 47.25: We like you stay make good to us guys!”
Gen 47.29: Den make promise to me dat fo shua you goin do one ting fo me: please, no bury
Gen 47.31: Jacob tell Joseph, “Swear to God dat you goin do dat fo me.”
Gen 47.31: Joseph tell um, “I swear to God.”
Gen 48.12: Den Joseph take da boys from wea dey sitting nex to dea granfadda, an Joseph wen go down on top da groun in
Gen 48.14: top Manasseh head, no matta he da numba one boy an suppose to get da spesho right hand kine blessing.
Gen 48.17: he take his fadda right hand fo change um from Efraim head to Manasseh head, cuz Manasseh da olda boy.”
Gen 48.21: He goin bring you guys back to da land wea yoa ancesta guys wen live.
Gen 49.1: I goin tell you guys wat goin happen to you afta I mahke.
Gen 49.2: My boys, Jacob kids, Come lissen to me, Israel, yoa fadda guy.
Gen 49.7: I like bad ting happen to dem weneva dey come real huhu, An weneva dey tink az okay
Gen 49.8: dat go agains you, You goin make dem do wat dey suppose to.
Gen 49.11: grape farm, So he no lose notting if he tie his donkey to one grape plant, An da bebe donkey, he tie um to da plant
Gen 49.11: donkey to one grape plant, An da bebe donkey, he tie um to da plant dat get da bestes grape.
Gen 49.14: bones Dat like lay down in between da two bag he suppose to carry.
Gen 49.17: stay nea da road, Jalike one snake wit poison dat stay nex to da trail Fo bite da horses feet So da guy on top da horse
Gen 49.24: strong fo move quick, Cuz da Strong God, da one I pray to, me, Jacob, He make Joseph strong too.
Gen 49.26: I like all dis good stuff come to Joseph, On top his head, his girigiri, Cuz he da guy dat
Gen 50.4: Go talk to da Pharaoh guy, an tell um dat Joseph say, ‘My fadda guy,
Gen 50.10: Wen dey get to one place you can go across da Jordan Riva, da place dey
head: Da Brudda Guys Worry Bout Wat Joseph Goin Do To Dem
Gen 50.15: an he goin pay us back fo all da bad kine stuff we wen do to him!
Gen 50.16: So dey send message to Joseph fo tell um, “Befo yoa fadda wen mahke, he wen tell
Gen 50.17: cuz dey wen go agains you, dat time dey wen do bad tings to you.
Gen 50.20: You guys wen make plan fo do bad ting to me, but God, he make plan fo do good ting!
Gen 50.21: He talk real nice to dem fo give um good kine words an make dem so dey trus
Gen 50.24: He goin take you guys outa dis land, to da odda land, da one dat he wen make promise fo give to
Gen 50.24: to da odda land, da one dat he wen make promise fo give to Abraham, an Isaac, an Jacob.
Gen 50.25: Joseph wen make da odda Israel boys make strong promise to him.
head: Da New King Make Mean To Da Israel Peopo
Exo 2.3: from da tall papyrus plants dat grow inside da riva nex to da land.
Exo 2.16: up watta outa da puka an fill up da trough fo give watta to dea fadda guy sheeps an goats.
Exo 2.17: He give watta to da sheeps an goats.
Exo 2.19: Den, he pull up watta fo us guys an give um to da sheeps an goats fo drink.”
Exo 2.21: Lata, Reuel wen give his daughta Zipporah to Moses fo marry.”
Exo 2.23: Dey yell to God, “Help!
Exo 2.24: how dey moaning, an he no foget da promise he wen make to Abraham an Isaac an Jacob.”
Exo 3.8: I goin take um outa dat land, to one good land wea get plenny place fo erybody, an ery
Exo 3.9: Now, cuz da Israel peopo yell to me fo help um, I lissening.
Exo 3.9: da Egypt peopo stay make dem work hard an make any kine to dem.
Exo 3.12: goin come back dis same mountain, an show love an respeck to me, yoa God, right hea.
Exo 3.13: an tell um, ‘Da same God dat yoa ancesta guys wen pray to, dass da one wen send me by you guys,’ dey no goin
Exo 3.14: Dass wat you gotta say to da Israel peopo.”
Exo 3.15: “Yahweh, he da same God dat yoa ancesta guys wen pray to.
Exo 3.16: tell um dis: ‘Yahweh, da God dat yoa ancesta guys wen pray to, da God fo Abraham an Isaac an Jacob, he wen let me see
Exo 3.16: He wen tell me, “I wen watch an see awready wat dey doing to you guys Egypt side.
Exo 3.18: ‘Da older leada guys, dey goin lissen to you.
Exo 3.20: I goin do all kine awesome stuff to da Egypt peopo, right dea wea dey stay.
Exo 4.5: see me, an dat I da same God dat yoa ancesta guys wen pray to, da God fo Abraham an Isaac an Jacob.”
Exo 4.9: you show um da two spesho sign, an if dey no like lissen to you still yet, go get watta outa da Nile Riva, an pour um
Exo 4.10: From small kid time till now, you stay tell stuff to me, yoa worka guy.
Exo 4.15: You goin talk to yoa brudda an tell um wat he suppose to say.
Exo 4.15: You goin talk to yoa brudda an tell um wat he suppose to say.
Exo 4.16: Aaron goin be da talka guy fo you, fo talk to da peopo.
Exo 4.16: He goin be jalike da mout fo you, an you goin talk to him jalike you God, but az me.
Exo 4.23: dey spesho jalike dey my numba one boy, so dey can pray to me.
Exo 4.29: From dea, Moses an Aaron wen hele on togedda back to Egypt.
Exo 5.1: Afta Moses an Aaron talk to da leada guys, dey go by Pharaoh, da King fo Egypt.
Exo 5.1: He talking to you serious kine.
Exo 5.2: You tink I suppose to lissen wat he tell me, so I let da Israel peopo go?
Exo 5.6: Dat same day, da Pharaoh guy wen talk to da Egypt guys dat make da slave peopo work, an to da luna
Exo 5.6: wen talk to da Egypt guys dat make da slave peopo work, an to da luna guys from da Israel peopo.
Exo 5.7: now, you Egypt guys no go get da wheat stalk an give um to da Israel peopo fo make mud brick.
Exo 5.9: No good dey lissen to somebody who stay bulai dem!
Exo 5.15: How come you making lidat to us guys dat work fo you?
Exo 5.18: you guys gotta give us da same numba bricks you suppose to make, ery day!
Exo 5.20: guy, dey meet Moses an Aaron, waiting outside fo talk to dem.”
Exo 5.22: Den Moses go back talk to Yahweh.
Exo 5.23: From da time I go talk to da Pharaoh guy an tell um wat you tell me fo say to him,
Exo 5.23: talk to da Pharaoh guy an tell um wat you tell me fo say to him, da Pharaoh guy ony make eryting mo worsa fo da peopo.
Exo 6.1: You goin see wat I goin do to da Pharaoh guy.
Exo 6.8: I was talking bout dat time I wen make strong promise to Abraham an Isaac an Jacob.
Exo 6.8: Me, Yahweh, I give dat land to you guys, fo you be da ownas.
Exo 6.10: Lata, Yahweh wen talk to Moses.
Exo 6.12: Da Israel peopo, dey no even lissen to me.
Exo 6.13: Yahweh talk to Moses an Aaron.
Exo 6.16: Dis da names fo da Levi ohana, from da oldes to da younges: dey Gershon an Kohat an Merari.
Exo 6.19: leada guys fo da ohanas dat come from Levi, from da oldes to da younges.)
Exo 6.28: Dat time, inside da Egypt land, dass how Yahweh wen talk to Moses an Aaron.
Exo 6.30: But Moses, he talk strait to Yahweh.
Exo 7.2: you fo say, you goin tell Aaron, fo him tell same ting to da Pharaoh guy.
Exo 7.7: Da time dey talk to da Pharaoh guy, Moses was 80 year ol, an Aaron was 83 year
Exo 7.11: So da Pharaoh guy tell his guys dat suppose to know wat fo do, an da ones dat know how fo make bad kine
Exo 7.13: Still yet, da Pharaoh guy stay hard head, an he no lissen to Moses an Aaron, jalike Yahweh wen tell befo time.
Exo 7.15: go da Nile Riva, you stand right dea nea da riva fo talk to him.
Exo 7.17: Yahweh, he talking to you serious kine.
Exo 8.8: I goin let yoa peopo go way fo make sacrifice to Yahweh.
Exo 8.19: da Pharaoh guy, he still yet stay hard head an no lissen to Moses an Aaron, jalike Yahweh wen tell befo time.
Exo 8.20: Go to da riva, an wait fo da Pharaoh guy come.
Exo 8.22: Same time, on dat day, I goin make diffren kine to da Goshen land wea my peopo stay.
Exo 8.25: Make sacrifice to yoa God!
Exo 8.30: Den Moses go way from da Pharaoh guy an pray to Yahweh.
Exo 9.4: But Yahweh goin make diffren kine to da animals dat us Israel peopo get, an to da animals dat
Exo 9.4: diffren kine to da animals dat us Israel peopo get, an to da animals dat you Egypt peopo get.’
Exo 9.12: He no lissen to dem, jalike Yahweh wen tell Moses befo time.
Exo 9.20: peopo an dea animals inside dea houses so notting happen to dem.’-”
Exo 9.22: Den Yahweh tell Moses, “Put yoa hand up to da sky, so get da big kine ice come down all ova da Egypt
Exo 9.23: Wen Moses put up his walking stick to da sky Yahweh wen send thunder, an big kine ice.
Exo 9.29: “Wen I go outside da town, I goin put up my hands an pray to Yahweh.
Exo 9.33: He put up his hands fo pray to Yahweh.
Exo 10.2: fo yoa kids an yoa grankids -- how I even make any kine to da Egypt peopo, doing all da awesome tings I wen do in
Exo 10.6: neva see dis kine ting happen, from da time dey wen come to dis land till now.
Exo 10.16: I wen do bad ting to yoa god Yahweh, an to you guys.
Exo 10.16: I wen do bad ting to yoa god Yahweh, an to you guys.
Exo 10.17: Pray to you guys God Yahweh dis one ting, fo take away all dis
Exo 10.18: He go pray to Yahweh.”
Exo 10.19: An Yahweh change da wind to da west side, an make um blow real strong.
Exo 10.21: Den Yahweh tell Moses, “Put up yoa hand to da sky, fo make um come dark all ova da Egypt land.
Exo 10.22: So Moses put up his hand to da sky.
Exo 11.7: guys goin know fo shua dat me, Yahweh, I make diffren kine to da Egypt peopo an da Israel peopo.
Exo 11.9: Moses, same time, “Da Pharaoh guy, he still no goin lissen to you guys.
Exo 12.12: Dat nite, I goin pass ova da Egypt land, from one side to da odda side.
Exo 12.12: Dass how I goin show proof to da Egypt peopo dat all da gods dey pray to, notting, cuz
Exo 12.12: goin show proof to da Egypt peopo dat all da gods dey pray to, notting, cuz me, I Yahweh!
Exo 12.15: Cuz from day numba one to day numba seven, anybody dat eat stuff wit yeast inside
Exo 13.5: But God wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys, dat he goin give you guys one land dat
Exo 13.11: “Bumbye, Yahweh goin take you to da land wea he say he goin give you, wea da Canaan peopo
Exo 13.11: peopo stay, jalike he wen make strong promise fo do, to you an yoa ancesta guys.
Exo 13.15: Dass how come I stay make sacrifice to Yahweh wit ery animal dat come firs outa da mudda, if boy
Exo 13.17: Israel peopo go, God neva take dem da road dat go strait to da Filisha peopo land, even was mo short.
Exo 13.19: befo time, Joseph wen make da Israel peopo make promise to him.
Exo 13.19: wen you guys go back, you gotta carry my bones from hea to da Canaan land.
Exo 13.20: da peopo go way from Sukkot, dey make camp Etam side, nex to da boonies.
Exo 13.21: Day time, had one cloud dat go from da groun to da sky, fo show um wea fo go.
Exo 13.21: Nite time, dat cloud was one fire dat go from da groun to da sky, fo give um light.
Exo 13.22: Da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky neva leave da peopo in da day time, an da fire dat
Exo 13.22: da peopo in da day time, an da fire dat go from da groun to da sky neva leave um nite time.
Exo 14.10: Dey yell fo help to Yahweh.
Exo 14.11: Wat you tink you doing to us now, wen you take us guys outa Egypt?
Exo 14.15: How come you yelling to me fo help you?
Exo 14.18: Wen I make lidat to da Pharaoh guy an his war wagons an his horse rida guys,
Exo 14.19: Da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky, move from in front dem, an go behin dem.
Exo 14.29: Israel peopo, dey wen walk thru da Red Sea from one side to da odda side, an da groun was dry, an da watta wen stay
Exo 15.9: I goin do eryting I like do to dem!
Exo 15.17: You goin take yoa own peopo To da place you wen make ready fo you live dea.
Exo 15.21: Miriam, she give um dis song fo sing back to her: “I sing fo Yahweh!
Exo 15.23: Dey wen get to Marah.
Exo 15.25: So, Moses yell fo help to Yahweh.
Exo 15.26: God tell dem, “You guys gotta lissen good to me, yoa God Yahweh fo real kine.
Exo 16.10: Aaron was telling dat to all da Israel peopo togedda, an wen dey turn aroun an look
Exo 16.20: But had some peopo dat neva lissen to Moses.
Exo 16.28: you guys no goin do wat I tell you fo do, an no lissen to my Rules?
Exo 16.35: wen eat da manna fo forty year, all da time till dey get to da land wea dey goin make house.
Exo 17.4: Den Moses, he call to Yahweh fo help him.
Exo 17.5: Yahweh tell Moses, “Go from one side da camp to da odda side, so all da peopo see you.
Exo 17.10: Same time, Moses go up to da top a da hill wit Aaron an Hur.
Exo 18.4: da name Eliezer, cuz Moses tell, “Da God dat my fadda pray to befo time, he da one help me, cuz he get me outa trouble
Exo 18.8: Den Moses tell his fadda-in-law eryting Yahweh wen do to da Pharaoh guy an da Egypt peopo, fo help da Israel
Exo 18.11: all da odda gods, no matta da Egypt peopo make any kine to you guys!
Exo 18.13: Da peopo stay stand ova dea by Moses from morning time to evening time.
Exo 18.14: why dey gotta stay stand ova dea by you from morning time to evening time?
Exo 18.19: Yoa job, you gotta be da one dat talk fo da peopo to God.
Exo 18.20: know da right stuff fo do, an da kine tings dey suppose to do.
Exo 18.23: Same ting fo all da peopo, afta dey talk to da judge guys, wen dey go home, eryting goin be okay wit
Exo 18.24: Moses lissen to his fadda-in-law.
Exo 18.26: Da hard kine stuff dey take to Moses fo judge.
Exo 19.2: Afta dey go from Refidim to da boonies Sinai side, dey make camp ova dea inside da
head: Moses Go Talk To God
Exo 19.4: (az da Israel peopo): You guys see awready wat I wen do to da Egypt peopo.
Exo 19.5: So den, if you guys lissen to wat I tell you guys fo do, an stick wit da deal I wen make
head: Da Peopo Get Ready Fo God Talk To Dem
Exo 19.9: I goin do dat, so da peopo goin hear me wen I talk to you.
Exo 19.19: Erytime Moses say someting, God talk back to Moses, an sound jalike thunda.
Exo 19.20: Dass how Yahweh wen come down to da top part a Mount Sinai.
head: God Talk To Moses
head: Da Peopo No Can Handle Fo God Talk To Dem
Exo 20.19: Dey tell Moses, “Mo betta you da one talk to us, not God.
Exo 20.19: But mo betta God no talk to us, cuz bumbye us goin mahke!
Exo 20.22: da Israel peopo dis: “You guys see awready, dat I talk to you guys from outa da sky.
Exo 20.23: make idol kine gods fo yoaself outa silva o gold, fo pray to dem jalike you pray to me.
Exo 20.23: yoaself outa silva o gold, fo pray to dem jalike you pray to me.
Exo 21.8: Da slave owna no can sell her to one guy from one nodda place, cuz he wen buy her fo
Exo 21.8: but den he no get respeck fo her no moa, da way he suppose to.
Exo 21.9: jalike she was da guy daughta, an he gotta make lidat to her.
Exo 21.17: Anybody like make kahuna to dea fadda guy o dea mudda guy, gotta kill um.
Exo 21.32: guy o slave wahine, da cow owna gotta pay 30 piece silva to da slave owna guy, an erybody gotta throw stone fo kill da
Exo 21.34: hole, den da guy dat wen open up da hole gotta pay money to da owna guy.
Exo 22.7: “If one guy give money o stuffs to one nodda guy fo keep fo him, an somebody steal um outa da
Exo 22.9: guy tink one nodda guy get his stuffs, an he not suppose to (one cow, o one donkey, o one sheep, o one clothes, o
Exo 22.11: animal fo da odda guy gotta go in front Yahweh, an swear to God dat he neva do notting to da animal.
Exo 22.11: go in front Yahweh, an swear to God dat he neva do notting to da animal.
Exo 22.16: wit him, den da guy sleep wit her, an da girl not engage to nobody yet, den da guy dat wen sleep wit her gotta marry
Exo 22.16: wit her gotta marry her an pay da price fo marry one girl, to her ohana.
Exo 22.20: “Anybody go make sacrifice to one nodda god dass not Yahweh, gotta wipe um out.
Exo 22.21: from odda place dat live wit you guys, no make any kine to him, an no give him hard time.
Exo 22.22: one widow, o one kid dat no mo fadda o mudda guys, no make to dem jalike dey notting.
Exo 22.23: Cuz if you make to dem jalike dey notting, an dey yell to me fo help, I
Exo 22.23: Cuz if you make to dem jalike dey notting, an dey yell to me fo help, I Yahweh goin lissen to dem right away.
Exo 22.23: notting, an dey yell to me fo help, I Yahweh goin lissen to dem right away.
Exo 22.24: I no goin take wat you guys doing to dem.
Exo 22.25: “If you lend money to my peopo, da ones dat no mo notting dat live dea wit you,
Exo 22.26: back da money dat he owe you, you gotta give da coat back to him befo da sun go down.
Exo 22.27: So, if you keep da coat, an da guy yell to me fo help um, I goin lissen.
Exo 22.29: ting, da firs boy dass born fo you guys, you gotta give um to me.
Exo 22.30: Da numba eight day, you guys gotta give um to me.
Exo 23.3: mo notting come in front da judge, no go make diffren kine to him, jus cuz da guy no mo notting.
Exo 23.4: cow o donkey inside da boonies, you gotta go take um back to da owna no matta da guy stay agains you.
Exo 23.8: money notting, cuz dat kine money make da guy dat suppose to know wass right, jalike he blind an no can see notting, an
Exo 23.14: Ery year, three times you goin take yoa sacrifices to one spesho place, fo make one spesho religious time fo me.
Exo 23.20: guy fo go in front a you, fo make shua notting bad happen to you.
Exo 23.21: Take care wen you wit him, an lissen to wat he tell.
Exo 23.22: But if you lissen real good to wat he tell, an do eryting I goin tell you fo do, den I
Exo 23.24: You betta not go down in front dea gods fo pray to dem, an you betta not let dose peopo make you do stuff fo
Exo 23.27: “Before you get to da Canaan land, I goin make da peopo inside dea come
Exo 23.31: “I goin set you up wit all da land from da Red Sea to da Mediterranean Sea, an from da boonies to da Eufrates
Exo 23.31: da Red Sea to da Mediterranean Sea, an from da boonies to da Eufrates Riva.
Exo 23.31: I goin turn ova da peopo dat stay live inside dat land to you, an you goin make um all go way.
Exo 23.33: no good bumbye dey make you do how I say you not suppose to do.
Exo 24.2: Den Moses, you da ony guy dat goin come all da way to me, Yahweh.
Exo 24.3: All da peopo say to him togedda, “Eryting Yahweh say we gotta do, we goin do
Exo 24.12: I goin write um on top flat stone an give um to you, fo teach to da peopo.
Exo 24.12: write um on top flat stone an give um to you, fo teach to da peopo.
Exo 24.14: you guys fo stay in charge, so anybody dat need fo talk to one judge can go by dem.
Exo 24.17: Yahweh wen stay on top Mount Sinai, awesome to da max.”
Exo 24.17: Da numba seven day, Yahweh wen talk to Moses from inside da cloud.
Exo 24.18: He go all da way up to da top a da mountain.
Exo 25.2: peopo fo bring me someting dey like give an bring um to me.
Exo 26.3: Join togedda five piece cloth, long side to long side, fo make one side a da tent, an five piece fo
Exo 26.9: Join 5 piece goat hair cloth long side to long side fo make one side a da tent, an join 6 piece goat
Exo 26.17: stand up, cut da wood so get two piece dat stick out nex to each odda, an dis go inside da metal piers, so come
Exo 26.35: Spesho Place Fo Me, put da Table Fo Da Spesho Breads nex to da north side wall a da Tent, an da Lamp Stan nex to da
Exo 26.35: nex to da north side wall a da Tent, an da Lamp Stan nex to da south side wall.
Exo 27.8: Dass how da guys suppose to make um, jalike da plan I show you hea on top da mountain.
Exo 28.3: Talk to all da kine peopo dat I awready wen make dem know how fo
Exo 28.8: Dey goin weave one fancy kine waist band an sew um to da ves.
Exo 28.10: Start wit da one dat wen born firs, an go all da way to da one dat wen born last.
Exo 28.24: Hook da two chains to da two rings in da corna.
Exo 28.25: Den, hook da odda side a da two chains to da two gold frames on top da shouldas fo da ves.
Exo 28.28: wit blue wool string, from da bottom ches piece rings to da rings on top da ves.
Exo 28.42: linen cloth fo cova up dea privates, eryting from da waist to da thigh.
Exo 29.27: Yahweh, an da hind quarter meat dat dey lif up fo give um to me, jalike da meat dat Aaron an his boys da pries guys wen
Exo 29.28: Da Israel peopo goin give um to Aaron an all da odda pries guys dat goin come from him,
Exo 29.28: why dis goin be da kine present da Israel peopo goin give to me, from da sacrifices dey goin make fo me cuz I stay make
Exo 29.29: “Da spesho religious kine clotheses, Aaron goin give um to da nex guy dat goin come from him, fo da time wen dey put
Exo 29.42: Dass da place wea I goin meet wit you, Moses, an talk to you, an I goin meet da Israel peopo dea too.
Exo 30.10: Ery year, from now to foeva, make one spesho day.
Exo 30.13: Da guys wen dey go ova to da side wea awready wen count da peopo, dey gotta give one
Exo 30.14: dey all gotta sign up, an dey all gotta pay fo give um to me, Yahweh Inside Da Sky.
Exo 30.15: yet dey gotta pay da whole half shekel wen dey give um to me, cuz dass fo me hemo da shame fo ery one a you guys.)
Exo 32.1: one dat wen get us outa da Egypt land, we donno wat happen to him!”
Exo 32.6: an burn da sacrifices, an dey bring odda kine sacrifices to da idol god fo show dat eryting okay wit him an dem.
Exo 32.12: ‘Dat god fo da Israel peopo, fo shua he wen like make bad to his peopo.
Exo 32.12: Change yoa mind an no do bad tings to yoa peopo.
Exo 32.14: Yahweh change his mind bout da bad tings he wen plan fo do to his peopo, da Israel peopo, an he no do um.
Exo 32.21: Wat dese peopo wen do to you, fo make you do dis real bad ting to dem?
Exo 32.21: dese peopo wen do to you, fo make you do dis real bad ting to dem?
Exo 32.23: wen bring us guys outa da Egypt land, we donno wat happen to him.
Exo 32.24: Dey give um to me, an I throw um inside da fire, an dass how come get dis
Exo 32.27: Den go all ova da camp, one side to da odda side an back, all da way to da camp gates.
Exo 32.27: ova da camp, one side to da odda side an back, all da way to da camp gates.
Exo 32.30: you wen do, an hemo yoa shame, an let you guys come back to him.
Exo 33.1: Go up da land wea I wen make strong promise to Abraham, an Isaac, an Jacob: ‘I goin give dat land to da
Exo 33.1: to Abraham, an Isaac, an Jacob: ‘I goin give dat land to da peopo dat goin come from you guys.
Exo 33.5: I goin go tink wat I goin do to you guys.
Exo 33.6: Dass why, from Mount Sinai all da way to dea land, da Israel peopo no wear jewelry notting.
Exo 33.9: Wen Moses go inside da tent, da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky come down an stay by da door, all da time Yahweh
Exo 33.10: Erytime da peopo see da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky, standing in front da tent, all da peopo go down on
Exo 33.12: stay telling me, ‘Go take dese peopo da place dey suppose to go.
Exo 34.5: Den Yahweh come down to da top a da mountain inside da cloud.
Exo 34.13: da poles dey put up dea fo dea wahine god Asherah, nex to da altar fo dem pray an make sex in front.
Exo 34.15: Dey goin make sacrifice to dea gods, an den dey goin tell you fo come eat da
Exo 34.24: times ery year wen you guys go da place wea you suppose to come togedda in front me, Yahweh, da God fo you guys, you
Exo 34.26: da bestest firs tings you cut from yoa land ery year, [to] my house, cuz I yoa God Yahweh.
Exo 34.31: all da main guys from da peopo come wit him, an Moses talk to dem.
Exo 34.35: Afta he talk to dem, he put da cloth ova his face again, till da nex time
Exo 35.20: all da Israel peopo go way from da place wea Moses talk to dem.
Exo 35.21: really like come fo help, dey all bring stuff fo give to Yahweh, fo make da Tent Fo Come Togedda Wit God, an fo all
Exo 35.22: all hold up dea gold tings in front Yahweh, an dey give um to him, Erybody dat get stuffs dea place, blue an purple an
Exo 35.29: Dey really like bring um to Yahweh, jalike he tell Moses fo tell da peopo fo do.
Exo 35.34: wat dey gotta do, God wen give da heart fo teach lidat to Bezalel, an to Oholiab Akisamak boy from da Dan ohana, God
Exo 35.34: do, God wen give da heart fo teach lidat to Bezalel, an to Oholiab Akisamak boy from da Dan ohana, God da one make
Exo 36.3: Ery morning, had peopo dat still yet bring to Moses mo an mo plenny stuffs dat dey like give.
Exo 36.10: Dey put togedda five piece cloth, long side to long side, fo make da piece fo da front side a da tent, an
Exo 36.22: fo da Tent stand up, dey make two piece dat stick out nex to each odda, fo go inside da metal piers.
Exo 36.29: same same, but dey make um one piece from da bottom side to da top.
Exo 36.33: so can go across all da boards dat stand up, from one end to da odda.
Exo 38.29: Da bronze dat da peopo wen bring fo gifs to God was 5,310 pound.
Exo 39.17: rings on top da two top cornas, an dey hook da two chains to da two rings.
Exo 39.18: Den dey hook da odda side a da two chains to da two gold frames on top da shoulda pieces fo da ves, fo
Exo 39.21: piece wit da blue wool string, from da ches piece rings to da rings on top da ves.
Exo 39.33: Da peopo wen bring da Tent to Moses Da inside tent an all da stuffs fo go inside da
Exo 40.5: a da curtain, put da gold altar fo burn da incense nex to da Box Fo Rememba God's Deal.
Exo 40.34: Moses pau set up eryting, da Cloud Dat Go From Da Groun To Da Sky wen cova da Tent Fo Come Togedda Wit God, an had
Exo 40.36: From dat time, erytime da Israel peopo suppose to move camp, da cloud go up from da Tent, an den dey go.
Exo 40.38: da time da Israel peopo stay go outa Egypt till dey get to dea own land.
Lev 1.1: Yahweh call Moses fo come by him, an he talk to him from inside da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet God.
Lev 1.3: He gotta show da cow to da pries guys outside wea you go inside da yard fo da Tent
Lev 2.8: Give um to da pries guy.
Lev 2.11: You guys not suppose to burn honey, o anyting dat make da bread come big, inside
Lev 2.12: But yeast an honey, not suppose to bring um wit da kine sacrifice you burn on top da altar fo
Lev 3.14: One part a da sacrifice animal he bring, he suppose to burn um up fo me, Yahweh, on top da fire: all da fat dat
Lev 4.2: bout um, wen dey do wat my rules tell dat dey not suppose to do, dey gotta make lidis: “If da guy dat do someting bad
Lev 4.13: tink bout um, an dey do wat my rules tell dey not suppose to do dat, no matta dey donno dat wat dey do, stay bad, still
Lev 4.22: leada guy do wat one a Yahweh's rules tell he not suppose to do, but he no tink bout um befo, an he do um, he get da
Lev 5.6: girl kine bebe sheep o girl kine goat fo make sacrifice to Yahweh, an den da pries guy goin bring him back da same
Lev 5.8: He goin give da firs one to da pries guy fo da sacrifice cuz a da bad ting he wen do.
Lev 5.10: sacrifice from da odda sacrifice bird, da way he suppose to do um.
Lev 5.15: but da guy neva tink befo he foget um dat he suppose to do um.
Lev 5.15: da kine sacrifice fo pay fo da blame fo do someting bad to somebody.
Lev 5.16: wit wateva he wen mess up bout bring da tings he suppose to bring dat stay spesho fo me, an twenty percent moa.
Lev 5.16: He gotta give um all to da pries guy, an da pries guy goin make sacrifice wit da
Lev 5.17: something bad, cuz he do wat my rules say he not suppose to do, no matta da guy donno az wrong, he get da blame fo
Lev 5.18: um, an dat you tell cost da right silva weight, an give um to da pries guy.
Lev 6.6: fo make sacrifice cuz he get da blame fo do bad ting to somebody.
Lev 6.10: put on his linen clotheses, wit odda linen shorts unda nex to his skin.
Lev 6.17: an da kine sacrifice cuz dey get da blame fo do bad ting to somebody.
Lev 7.1: make sacrifice fo anybody dat get da blame fo do bad ting to somebody.
Lev 7.3: Da pries goin take all da fat to da altar -- da fat tail, an da fat on top da inside parts,
Lev 7.5: da kine sacrifice fo wen anybody get blame fo do bad ting to somebody.
Lev 7.7: sacrifice cuz somebody know an get da blame fo do bad ting to somebody -- da meat from da sacrifice animal stay fo da
Lev 7.13: tight wit each odda, fo tank me fo someting, he suppose to give bread dat get yeast too.
Lev 7.21: odda, you gotta cut off da guy dat eat wat he not suppose to, from his peopo.
Lev 7.30: dat part a da sacrifice fo burn um up wit fire, fo give um to me, Yahweh.
Lev 7.34: pries guys lif up, an da thigh dat dey bring, an I give um to Aaron da pries guy an his boys.
Lev 7.37: kine sacrifice dey make wen dey get blame fo do bad ting to somebody.
Lev 9.16: da burn up kine sacrifice, an do eryting da way he suppose to.
Lev 10.17: He give um to you guys, fo take away da blame from da peopo fo da bad
Lev 10.18: Dat Stay Spesho Fo Me inside da Tent, you guys suppose to eat da goat meat inside da spesho place outside da Tent,
Lev 10.19: But wit da stuff wen happen to me today, wen my two odda boys mahke, you tink Yahweh like
Lev 11.10: o da odda animals inside da watta, you guys gotta make to dem jalike dey pilau fo you.
Lev 13.7: if da rash come mo big on top da skin afta he show himself to da pries guy fo find out if he okay, den he gotta come
Lev 13.8: Az one sick dat da guy can give to odda guys.
Lev 13.9: “Anybody get one sick on top da skin dat dey can give to anodda guy, da peopo gotta bring dem by da pries guy.
Lev 13.12: da pries see dat [stay / dey] go cova da skin from da head to da feets, da pries guy goin check um out.
Lev 13.15: Da guy can give da sick to anodda guy.
Lev 13.45: Dey gotta cova up da bottom part a dea face, an yell to erybody, ‘No come nea!
Lev 13.49: You gotta show um to da pries guy.
Lev 15.14: He goin give da birds to da pries guy.
Lev 16.1: Yahweh talk to Moses afta two a Aaron's boys mahke.
Lev 16.1: mahke, cuz dey wen go in front Yahweh wen dey not suppose to.
Lev 17.4: Dey suppose to bring da sacrifice animal wea you go inside da yard fo da
head: Peopo Dat Fool Aroun Wit Somebody Dey Not Suppose To
Lev 18.2: Yahweh tell Moses fo talk to da Israel peopo one mo time an tell um: “Me, Yahweh, I yoa
Lev 18.6: “Nobody suppose to go nea one close ohana fo make sex wit dem.
Lev 18.23: One wahine betta not give herself to one animal an make sex wit um.
Lev 19.15: No make diffren to some guys dat stay mo betta den to odda guys, no matta dey
Lev 19.15: No make diffren to some guys dat stay mo betta den to odda guys, no matta dey no mo notting o dey rich.
Lev 19.18: “If one a yoa peopo do someting bad to you, no go do someting bad to um too.
Lev 19.18: a yoa peopo do someting bad to you, no go do someting bad to um too.
Lev 19.31: “No go look fo da wahines dat talk to da mahke peopo, an no go find da guys dat know how fo find
Lev 19.33: come live wit you guys inside yoa land, no make any kine to dem.
Lev 19.34: from odda place dat live wit you guys, you gotta make to dem jalike to one guy dat wen born same place by you guys.
Lev 19.34: place dat live wit you guys, you gotta make to dem jalike to one guy dat wen born same place by you guys.
Lev 20.5: money wen dey go down in front Molek, cuz dey ony suppose to go down in front me.
Lev 20.6: “I goin go agains whoeva go look fo da wahines dat talk to da mahke peopo, an da guys dat know how fo find out wat da
Lev 20.26: You guys suppose to be spesho fo me, cuz I Yahweh, an I stay good an spesho.
Lev 20.27: “Da guys o da wahines dat talk to da mahke peopo, o dat know how fo find out wat da mahke
Lev 21.6: fo me, Yahweh, wit fire, an az jalike dey give food to me, dea God.
Lev 21.8: dey real spesho fo me, cuz dey make sacrifice an give food to me, yoa God.
Lev 21.21: Dey no can come nea fo give food to me, dea God.
Lev 21.24: So Moses tell dis to Aaron an his boys, an to all da Israel peopo.
Lev 21.24: So Moses tell dis to Aaron an his boys, an to all da Israel peopo.
Lev 22.2: Cuz if dey touch um wen dey not suppose to, dey goin make dirty my good an spesho name.
Lev 22.25: from one guy from odda place, an make sacrifice fo give um to me fo food.
Lev 23.16: Den count to day numba fifty, up to da day afta da Res Day numba seven.
Lev 23.16: Den count to day numba fifty, up to da day afta da Res Day numba seven.
Lev 23.17: Den give um to da pries guys fo him make da kine sacrifice you lift up fo
Lev 23.37: sacrifices wit stuff fo eat an drink, wateva dey suppose to do fo dat day.
Lev 24.11: Da hapa guy wen use Yahweh's name an tell he no matta to da guy he beef wit.
Lev 24.23: Den Moses talk to da Israel peopo, an dey bring da guy dat wen use Yahweh
Lev 25.10: erybody gotta give back da land an da peopo dey wen buy to da real ownas.
Lev 25.14: “If you guys sell land to one Jew, o buy land from dem, no try scam each odda.
Lev 25.23: “You guys no can sell da land to somebody foeva, cuz da land az mines, an you guys stay
Lev 25.24: you guys gotta make shua dat whoeva wen sell dea land to you, can buy um back.
Lev 25.25: sell some a da ohana land, one guy dass da mos nea ohana to him, suppose to come fo buy back wat da odda guy wen sell,
Lev 25.25: ohana land, one guy dass da mos nea ohana to him, suppose to come fo buy back wat da odda guy wen sell, so da land
Lev 25.28: Dat year, da guy dat wen buy um gotta give um back to da guy dat wen own um befo, so den da firs owna guy can go
Lev 25.28: dat wen own um befo, so den da firs owna guy can go back to his land.
Lev 25.39: owe you plenny dat he no mo notting, an he sell himself to you fo pay you off, no make him work jalike one slave.
Lev 25.40: You goin make to him jalike one guy you pay fo work fo you, o jalike one
Lev 25.46: You guys can give da slaves dat not Jews to yoa kids wen you mahke, fo come yoa kids slave.
Lev 25.46: But you betta not give hard time to da Jews dat yoa slave, cuz da Israel peopo, dey yoa brudda
Lev 25.47: rich, an one Jew no mo notting, so da Jew guy sell himself to da guy from odda place dat live nea you, o to da guy's
Lev 25.47: sell himself to da guy from odda place dat live nea you, o to da guy's ohana, da Jew still get da right fo somebody buy
Lev 25.53: Da guy from odda place dat live wit you guys, gotta make to da Jew dass his slave, jalike one guy he pay fo work fo
Lev 25.53: gotta make shua dat da guy dat own him now, no make mean to him.
Lev 26.9: “I goin make good to you guys.
Lev 26.11: I goin make my house by you guys, an I no goin make to you guys jalike you no good.
Lev 26.14: “But if you guys no lissen to me, an no do all da tings I tell you guys fo do, an if you
Lev 26.15: you gotta do, an if you guys get mad wen I make diffren to da good peopo an da bad peopo, an so you guys broke da
Lev 26.16: guys -- wen you guys make lidat, den fo shua I goin do dis to you guys: Right den an dea I goin make you guys come real
Lev 26.18: “Afta I make all dese kine tings to you guys, an you guys still yet no like lissen me, I goin
Lev 26.43: goin feel good inside, cuz get da Res Years he suppose to get.
Lev 26.43: stuff dey wen do, cuz dey no like wen I make diffren kine to da good peopo an da bad peopo, an cuz dey no like wen I
Lev 26.43: peopo, an cuz dey no like wen I tell um wat dey suppose to do.
Lev 26.46: Dis da rules, an how fo make to da good peopo an da bad peopo, an how fo teach, dat Yahweh
Lev 27.2: peopo dis: “If somebody make one spesho strong promise to me, Yahweh, fo give somebody to me, den you, Moses, you
Lev 27.2: one spesho strong promise to me, Yahweh, fo give somebody to me, den you, Moses, you gotta figga da right pound silva
Lev 27.3: da way da pries guys weigh silva, fo pay fo one guy twenty to sixty years ol.
Lev 27.4: But if az one wahine twenty to sixty years ol, you ony pay thirty piece silva, da way da
Lev 27.5: If az one guy five to twenty years ol, pay twenty piece silva.
Lev 27.5: If az one girl five to twenty years old, you ony pay ten piece silva.
Lev 27.6: If one bebe boy ony one month to five years ol, you ony pay five piece silva.
Lev 27.6: If one girl ony one month to five years ol, pay three piece silva.
Lev 27.8: fo pay, den dey goin bring da one dey wen promise fo give to God in front da pries guy.
Lev 27.11: I no take dat kine animal, dey gotta give da animal to da pries guy.
Lev 27.18: Back come, da pries guy goin figga how plenny dey suppose to pay fo buy back da land, from how plenny years still stay
Lev 27.20: spesho fo me an no like buy um back, o if he wen sell um to anodda guy, den he no can buy um back eva.
Lev 27.21: An wen time fo da land go back to da owna inside da spesho Year Fo Give Back numba fifty,
Deu 4.42: Dey can run to dose towns an stay alive.
Deu 22.15: fadda an mudda goin take da sheet wit blood fo show proof to da older leadas by da town gate dat she neva sleep wit one
Deu 22.16: girl's fadda goin tell da leada guys, ‘I wen give my girl to dis guy fo marry, but he no like her.’
Deu 22.19: Dey goin make him pay two an one half pounds silva to da girl's fadda, cuz dis guy wen give one Israel girl bad
Deu 22.19: Good Tings Goin Happen To Peopo Dat Lissen To Yahweh (28:1 - 28:14) 66.
Deu 22.19: Good Tings Goin Happen To Peopo Dat Lissen To Yahweh (28:1 - 28:14) 66.
Deu 22.19: Afta Da Peopo Turn To Yahweh, Dey Do Good (30:1 - 30:10) 69.
Deu 1.2: You know, fo go Mount Sinai to Kadesh Barnea, take eleven days, even if you go da long
Deu 1.3: tell da Israel peopo eryting Yahweh tell him he suppose to tell dem.
Deu 1.7: Go wea da Canaan peopo stay, den go nort side to da Lebanon mountains, den go east side all da way to da
Deu 1.7: side to da Lebanon mountains, den go east side all da way to da big Eufrates Riva.
Deu 1.8: dea an use da land, cuz I wen make one strong promise to yoa ancesta guys Abraham, Isaac, an Jacob, an to dea kids
Deu 1.8: promise to yoa ancesta guys Abraham, Isaac, an Jacob, an to dea kids an grankids an you guys.
Deu 1.17: No make to one guy mo betta den to anodda guy.
Deu 1.17: No make to one guy mo betta den to anodda guy.
Deu 1.19: wat oua God Yahweh wen tell us, we go from Mount Sinai to da hills inside da Amor peopo's land.
Deu 1.21: um ova, jalike Yahweh, da God oua ancesta guys wen pray to, wen tell you guys.
Deu 1.23: “Dat wen sound good to me, so I pick twelve guys fo go, one guy from ery big
Deu 1.24: Da guys wen go up country, all da way to da Eshkol Gulch, an check um out wat stay ova dea.’
Deu 1.27: He wen take us outa Egypt fo turn us ova to da Amor peopo, so dey can wipe us out!
Deu 1.31: He bring you guys all da way to dis place.
Deu 1.38: Talk to him, give him good kine words, cuz he goin lead da Israel
Deu 1.39: I goin give um to dem, an dey goin own um.
Deu 1.44: Dey bus up you guys all da way from da Se`ir Range to Hormah town.
Deu 1.45: But he no lissen wen you guys cry, he ony make deaf ear to you guys.
Deu 2.9: I awready give dea main town Ar to da Moab peopo dat get Lot fo dea ancesta.
Deu 2.13: So we go da odda side, to da Moab land.)
Deu 2.14: awready mahke, jalike Yahweh wen make strong promise fo do to dem.
Deu 2.19: I awready give dat land to dem, cuz dey da Lot ohana peopo.
Deu 2.33: fight us guys [by] Jahaz side, But oua God Yahweh give him to us an we bus um up, him an his boys, an all his army guys.
Deu 2.36: an da odda town inside da canyon, all da way nort side to Gilead, no even get one town dat get big wall dat stay too
Deu 3.2: Make jalike you guys wen make to Sihon, da king fo da Amor peopo, dat was king Heshbon
Deu 3.8: da land da east side da Jordan Riva from da Arnon Canyon to Mount Hermon.
Deu 3.10: take all da towns up country an all Gilead, an all Bashan to Salekah, an Edrei, da towns wea Og wen stay king inside da
Deu 3.13: land inside Bashan, wea Og was king befo time, I give um to half da Manasseh ohana.
Deu 3.14: da Manasseh ohana take da land inside Argob, all da way to wea da Geshur peopo an da Ma`acah peopo stay.
Deu 3.15: An I give Gilead to da peopo dat come from Makir, Manasseh boy.
Deu 3.16: But I give da land from Gilead to da Arnon Canyon to da Reuben an Gad ohanas, from da middo
Deu 3.16: But I give da land from Gilead to da Arnon Canyon to da Reuben an Gad ohanas, from da middo a da Arnon Canyon
Deu 3.16: da Reuben an Gad ohanas, from da middo a da Arnon Canyon to da Jabbok Riva, wea da Ammon peopo stay.)
Deu 3.17: Jordan Riva inside da Arabah Valley, from da Kinneret Lake to da big lake inside da Arabah Valley (az da Big Salt Lake),
Deu 3.21: wen see wit yoa own eyes wat you guys God Yahweh do to dose two kings.
Deu 3.21: Yahweh goin do da same ting to all da places dat get king ova da odda side wea you guys
Deu 3.26: No talk to me no mo bout dat!
Deu 4.1: you Israel peopo, wat Yahweh tell you guys dat you suppose to do, an da rules he give you.
Deu 4.2: No put notting mo to wat I tell you guys fo do, an no take away notting from
Deu 4.7: dem, jalike oua God Yahweh stay nea us guys weneva we pray to him.’
Deu 4.10: An I like dey teach wat I tell dem to da kids too.
Deu 4.11: time da mountain stay burning wit fire an go all da way up to da sky.
Deu 4.12: Den Yahweh talk to you guys from inside da fire.
head: No Pray To Da Idol Kine Gods!
Deu 4.15: “You guys neva see wat Yahweh look like, dat time he talk to you guys from inside da fire Mount Sinai side.
Deu 4.19: dat get inside da sky -- no tink you gotta go down pray to dem an do stuff fo dem, notting.
Deu 4.19: He give um to all da peopos inside da world.
Deu 4.30: Wen all dis kine trouble happen to you guys, an you guys feel bum out, bumbye you guys goin
Deu 4.31: he wen make wit yoa ancesta guys, cuz he wen make promise to dem dat fo shua he goin do wat he tell he goin do.
Deu 4.32: Aks from one side da sky to da odda side.
Deu 4.38: He da One bring you guys inside dea land an give um to you guys, cuz you his kids.
head: Peopo Can Run To Da Big Towns Fo No Mahke Den Moses wen pick three big town
head: Dey can run to dose towns an stay alive.
Deu 4.48: Dat land go from Aroer on da side da Arnon Canyon to Mount Siyon, dat odda peopo call Mount Hermon.
Deu 4.49: da Arabah Valley too, on da east side da Jordan Riva, to da Big Salt Lake south side, unda Mount Pisgah.
Deu 5.1: I goin tell wat God say you guys suppose to do, an his rules fo you guys fo hear today.
Deu 5.7: “You, you no can go pray to odda gods, cuz me, I da ony God fo you.
Deu 5.22: Den he write um on top two flat stones, an give um to me.”
Deu 5.24: see dat peopo can stay alive still yet, even if God talk to um.
Deu 5.26: talk to him from inside da fire, jalike us, an still yet stay
Deu 5.32: No go turn away from um to da right side o da left side.’-”
Deu 6.3: Yahweh, da God fo oua ancesta guys, wen make promise to you guys.
Deu 6.15: he goin wipe out you guys from da land if you guys pray to da odda gods.
Deu 6.18: go inside da good land dat Yahweh wen make strong promise to oua ancesta guys fo give you, an take ova um.
Deu 6.22: Yahweh do all awesome kine signs, good kine an bad kine, to da Egypt peopo an da Pharaoh guy an his ohana.’
Deu 6.23: dis place, an give us da land dat he make strong promise to oua ancesta guys dat he goin give.
Deu 7.3: No give yoa girls to dea boys fo marry, an no take dea girls fo marry yoa boys.
Deu 7.5: “Az why dis wat you guys gotta do to dem: Broke down dea altars, smash da big kapu stones dey
Deu 7.8: fo you guys, an fo make good da strong promise he wen make to yoa ancesta guys, dat he wen take you guys outa Egypt wit
Deu 7.12: “If you guys lissen to dese rules an take care fo do um, den oua God Yahweh goin
Deu 7.12: stay tight wit you guys, jalike he wen make strong promise to oua ancesta guys fo do um.
Deu 7.13: goin stay inside da land dat he wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys fo give you.
Deu 7.15: But he goin give dat kine sick to all da peopo dat hate you guys.
Deu 7.18: guys gotta rememba, an no foget, wat oua God Yahweh wen do to Pharoah an all da Egypt peopo.’
Deu 7.19: An now, oua God Yahweh goin do da same ting to all da peopos dat stay make you guys come scared now.
Deu 7.23: But oua God Yahweh goin bring dem to you guys fo take um ova.
Deu 8.1: land an take um ova, jalike Yahweh wen make strong promise to our ancesta guys.
Deu 8.3: Gotta lissen to eryting Yahweh tell too!
Deu 8.16: He give um to you guys fo make you guys no come big head, an test you
Deu 8.18: guys, da time he make strong promise fo give da land to dem, jalike he stay do today.’
Deu 9.3: an wipe dem out quick time, jalike Yahweh wen make promise to you guys.
Deu 9.5: you attack, so he can do wat he wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys fo do, to Abraham, Isaac, an Jacob.
Deu 9.5: wat he wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys fo do, to Abraham, Isaac, an Jacob.
Deu 9.19: But dat time too, I pray an he lissen to me.
Deu 9.26: But I stay praying to Yahweh, an I say, ‘My Boss Yahweh, you stay in charge a
Deu 10.4: An he give da stones to me.
Deu 10.6: da Israel peopo go from da Ja`akan ohana's pukas fo watta to Moserah.
Deu 10.7: From dea dey go to Gudgodah, an den to Jotbatah, one land dat get plenny
Deu 10.7: From dea dey go to Gudgodah, an den to Jotbatah, one land dat get plenny stream wit watta.
Deu 10.8: in front him an make sacrifice fo him too, an fo pray to God cuz dey his guys, an he do good tings fo dem.
Deu 10.10: An dat time Yahweh lissen to me too, an tell az okay, he no goin wipe out you guys.)
Deu 10.11: da land an take ova, jalike I wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys fo give um to dem.”
Deu 10.11: I wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys fo give um to dem.”
Deu 10.17: He no make to one guy mo betta den da odda guy, an you no can pay him fo
Deu 11.3: He do um to da Pharaoh guy, dea king, an to da peopo all ova da Egypt
Deu 11.3: He do um to da Pharaoh guy, dea king, an to da peopo all ova da Egypt land.
Deu 11.4: He do um to da Egypt army, dea horses, an dea war wagons.
Deu 11.9: time inside da land dat Yahweh wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys he give um to dem an dea kids.
Deu 11.9: wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys he give um to dem an dea kids.
Deu 11.10: Good example of a descriptive phrase to translate one word But da land wea you guys stay goin go
Deu 11.12: He watch um erytime, from da start to da end a da year.
Deu 11.19: Teach um to yoa kids.
Deu 11.21: time inside da land dat I Yahweh wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys fo give dem.
Deu 11.24: Yoa land goin go from da boonies south side to Lebanon nort side, an from da Eufrates Riva east side to
Deu 11.24: to Lebanon nort side, an from da Eufrates Riva east side to da Mediterranean Sea on da west side.
Deu 11.25: guys, wea eva you go, jalike he wen make strong promise to you awready.
Deu 11.26: You like Yahweh do good kine stuff to you, o bad kine stuff?
Deu 12.1: He da same God yoa ancestas stay pray to.
Deu 12.4: No do da kine stuff fo pray to yoa God Yahweh, da same way dose peopo stay do fo pray to
Deu 12.4: to yoa God Yahweh, da same way dose peopo stay do fo pray to dea gods.
Deu 12.26: an da stuff you wen make strong promise fo give Yahweh, to da place he goin pick.
Deu 12.31: You guys make shua you no go down an pray to yoa God Yahweh da same way dey go down an pray to dea
Deu 12.31: an pray to yoa God Yahweh da same way dey go down an pray to dea gods, cuz dey do all kine pilau kine stuff dat Yahweh
Deu 12.32: No add notting to um, an no take notting away.
Deu 13.3: If dass how dey talk, den you guys betta not lissen to dat talka guy o da guy dat dream.’
Deu 13.4: Do wat he tell you guys fo do, an lissen to him.
Deu 13.6: girl, o yoa wife dat you love, o yoa mos good friend talk to you wea nobody can hear an like try make you like do wat
Deu 13.6: can hear an like try make you like do wat you not suppose to do, an tell, ‘Eh!
Deu 13.7: dey live nea o far from you guys, from one end a da land to da odda end.
Deu 13.13: dat stay try turn da peopo from dat town away from Yahweh to odda gods.
Deu 13.17: not carry away anyting from dat town dat you was suppose to wipe out fo God.
Deu 13.17: come mo plenny peopo, jalike he wen make strong promise to yoa ancestas fo do.
Deu 13.18: Yoa God Yahweh goin do all dis wen you guys lissen to him, an do eryting he tell you guys fo do, dat I stay
Deu 14.21: You guys can give um to one guy from odda place dat live inside yoa town, o sell
Deu 14.21: guy from odda place dat live inside yoa town, o sell um to one guy from odda place dat go thru yoa town, an dey can
Deu 14.23: an da firs one fo born from yoa cows, sheeps, an goats, to da place yoa God Yahweh goin pick so peopo can go dea find
Deu 14.24: stuff fo you guys, so if you no can carry all da stuff to da place yoa God Yahweh goin pick, so peopo can go dea
Deu 15.2: Erybody gotta foget [bout] wat dey wen lend to anodda Israel guy.
Deu 15.10: Den, cuz you give to him, yoa God Yahweh goin do plenny good kine stuff fo you
Deu 15.11: Az why I tell you guys fo open yoa heart fo give stuff to yoa brudda guys wen dey no mo powa an dey need plenny
Deu 15.12: “If one Hebrew guy o wahine sell demself to you, an work fo you fo six year, you gotta let um go wen
Deu 15.14: Give um, jalike yoa God Yahweh wen give plenny to you guys.
Deu 17.3: cuz dey go bow down in front odda gods an show respeck to dem, o to da sun, da moon, o da stars.
Deu 17.3: go bow down in front odda gods an show respeck to dem, o to da sun, da moon, o da stars.
Deu 17.11: No turn away from wat dey tell you, to da right side o da left side.
Deu 17.19: an take care fo do eryting Yahweh tell um he suppose to do.
Deu 17.20: goin turn away from wat God tell um fo do even litto bit to da right side o da lef side.
Deu 18.2: fo be da pries guys fo Yahweh, jalike he wen make promise to dem.
Deu 18.11: No try talk to da spirits, da obake, o da mahke guys.
Deu 18.14: “Da peopo you guys goin push out, dey lissen to da peopo dat tell fortune an try find out from da spirits
Deu 18.15: goin bring one guy from yoa own peopo, dat talk fo him to you guys, jalike me.
Deu 18.15: Him, da one you guys betta lissen to.
Deu 18.18: I goin bring one guy from yoa own peopo, dat talk fo me to da Israel peopo, jalike you, Moses.’
Deu 19.4: “Dis da rule fo whoeva kill somebody an run away to one a dose towns fo stay alive.
Deu 19.5: Dat kine guy can run to one a dese towns wea somebody can go if dey wen kill
Deu 19.8: you guys mo plenny land, jalike he wen make strong promise to yoa ancesta guys, an he goin give you guys da whole land
Deu 19.10: dat neva do notting bad, den da blame fo kill dem come to you guys.
Deu 19.11: jump um, bus um up, an kill um, an den da killa guy run to one a dose towns, da older leadas from his own town goin
Deu 19.12: peopo fo bring da guy back from da safe town, an give him to da guy from da mahke guy ohana dat get da right fo kill
Deu 19.19: If da guy bulai bout his brudda, den you guys gotta make to da bulaia guy jalike how he wen like make to his brudda.
Deu 19.19: gotta make to da bulaia guy jalike how he wen like make to his brudda.
Deu 20.7: Get anybody hea dat wen make promise to one wahine dat he goin marry her, but neva marry her still
Deu 20.13: Wen yoa God Yahweh give dem to you guys, kill all da guys ova dea wit swords.
Deu 20.14: Az how yoa God Yahweh tell you guys fo make to da guys dat stay agains you.
Deu 20.15: Az how you guys can make to all da towns dat stay far from you guys, but not if az
Deu 21.2: an judges goin go out an measure how far da body stay to da towns dat stay nea.
Deu 21.16: wife he no love, den wen he make one will fo give his land to his boys, he no can give mo plenny land to da boy from da
Deu 21.16: give his land to his boys, he no can give mo plenny land to da boy from da wife he love, but not to da boy dat born
Deu 21.16: mo plenny land to da boy from da wife he love, but not to da boy dat born firs dat come from da wife he no love.
Deu 21.18: head an no like do wat anybody tell um fo do, an no lissen to his fadda an mudda, an no matta dey punish him he still no
Deu 21.20: He no lissen to us guys.
Deu 22.2: Den give um back to da owna.
head: fadda an mudda goin take da sheet wit blood fo show proof to da older leadas by da town gate dat she neva sleep wit one
head: girl's fadda goin tell da leada guys, ‘I wen give my girl to dis guy fo marry, but he no like her.’
head: Dey goin make him pay two an one half pounds silva to da girl's fadda, cuz dis guy wen give one Israel girl bad
Deu 22.24: wit one wahine dat her fadda an mudda already wen promise to anodda guy.
Deu 22.26: No do notting to da wahine, cuz she neva do notting wrong an no need kill
Deu 22.28: sleep with one guy, an her mudda an fadda neva promise her to anodda guy still yet, an he grab her an rape her, an
Deu 23.7: “No ack to da Edom peopo jalike dey pilau, cuz dey da Esau ohana, yoa
Deu 23.7: No ack to da Egypt peopo jalike dey pilau, cuz you guys wen live
Deu 23.15: away from anodda country an come by you, no give him back to his owna.
Deu 23.18: Yahweh's house, fo pay fo one strong promise you wen make to him, cuz all dat stay pilau, da way yoa God Yahweh see um.
Deu 23.21: “If you make one strong promise to yoa God Yahweh, no be slow fo do um, cuz he goin make shua
Deu 23.23: gotta make shua fo do, cuz you wen make one strong promise to yoa God Yahweh wit yoa own mout, an nobody wen give you
Deu 24.1: Den he write one divorce paypa an give um to her, den send her away.
Deu 24.3: no like her too, he write her one divorce paypa, give um to her, an send her away from him.
Deu 24.9: No foget wat yoa God Yahweh wen do to Miriam afta you guys wen come outa Egypt an you stay going
Deu 24.10: “Wen you lend someting to one Israel guy, no go inside his house fo get wat he like
Deu 24.pay: If you no pay him, he goin call to Yahweh agains you, an you goin get da blame fo do someting
Deu 25.1: Israel peopo make argue wit each odda, dey gotta take um to da judge.
Deu 25.5: marry her, fo get one boy, an he gotta do wat he suppose to do cuz he her brudda in law.
Deu 25.7: ‘My husban's brudda no like marry me jalike he suppose to do, fo give me one boy fo carry his brudda's name inside
Deu 25.9: slippas, spit in his face, an tell, ‘Dis wat oua peopo do to one guy dat no do notting fo his brudda guy blood line!’
Deu 25.17: “No foget wat da Amalek peopo wen do to you guys wen you stay come outa Egypt.
Deu 26.3: now I come live inside da land he wen make strong promise to our ancesta guys, dat he goin give to us guys.
Deu 26.3: make strong promise to our ancesta guys, dat he goin give to us guys.
Deu 26.6: But da Egypt peopo wen make any kine to us guys, an make us suffa an work real hard.
Deu 26.9: Yahweh bring us guys to dis place, an give us dis land, dat ery place get plenny
Deu 26.12: da stuff you wen grow, den you goin give da ten percent to da Levi ohana peopo, da peopo from odda place, da kids dat
Deu 26.13: a wat I wen grow dat stay spesho fo Yahweh, an give um to da Levi ohana peopo, da peopo from odda place, da kids dat
Deu 26.14: I wen lissen to you, my God Yahweh, an do eryting you wen tell me fo do.
Deu 26.15: land you wen give us, jalike you wen make strong promise to our ancesta guys you goin do.
Deu 26.16: wit dese rules he give you guys, an fo make diffren kine to da good peopo an da bad peopo.
Deu 26.17: rules tell, an wat he tell you gotta do, make diffren kine to da good peopo an da bad peopo, an lissen to wat he tell.
Deu 26.17: diffren kine to da good peopo an da bad peopo, an lissen to wat he tell.
Deu 27.3: Yoa God Yahweh wen make promise fo give dat land to you guys.
Deu 27.14: Da Levi ohana goin yell to all da Israel peopo in one loud an high voice: ‘God goin
Deu 27.19: ‘God goin punish whoeva no make right in front da judge to one guy from some odda place, one kid dat no mo fadda o
head: Good Tings Goin Happen To Peopo Dat Lissen To Yahweh
head: Good Tings Goin Happen To Peopo Dat Lissen To Yahweh
Deu 28.1: Moses tell: “If you guys lissen fo real kine to oua God Yahweh, an take care fo do eryting I stay telling
Deu 28.4: “Good kine stuff goin happen to yoa kids, da food you grow, da bebes from yoa animals --
Deu 28.7: goin come fo you guys from one side, but dey goin run away to seven places wen you chase um.
Deu 28.8: God Yahweh goin say da ting, fo make good tings happen to yoa storehouse, an fo eryting you guys do.
Deu 28.11: from yoa groun, inside da land he wen make strong promise to yoa ancestas he goin give you guys.
Deu 28.25: go fo attack dem from one place, but run away from dem to seven places.
Deu 28.27: Yahweh goin give you guys boils jalike he wen do to da Egypt peopo.
Deu 28.31: Dey goin give yoa sheeps an goats to da peopo dat stay agains you guys, an no mo nobody goin
Deu 28.32: see da guys dat stay agains you give yoa boys an yoa girls to anodda peopo fo come slaves, an you goin come tired ery
Deu 28.35: Dey goin go from unda yoa feets to da top a yoa head.
Deu 28.37: Yahweh make you guys go, no goin believe cuz a wat happen to you.
Deu 28.50: Dey no mo respeck fo da ol peopo, an dey not nice to da young guys.
Deu 28.56: a her feet touch da groun, she goin be too greedy fo give to her husband dat she love, o her own boy an girl.
Deu 28.60: He goin bring all da diffren kine sick dat he wen bring to da Egypt peopo on top you guys, da ones dat you guys stay
Deu 28.64: all ova wea diffren peopos stay, from one side a da earth to da odda side.
Deu 28.68: Ova dea you guys an wahines goin try selling yoaself to da peopo dat stay agains you guys, fo come dea slaves.
Deu 29.2: come, an he tell dem: “You guys wen see all wat Yahweh do to Pharaoh Egypt side, to all Pharoah's leada guys, an all
Deu 29.2: “You guys wen see all wat Yahweh do to Pharaoh Egypt side, to all Pharoah's leada guys, an all his peopo an land.
Deu 29.8: We take dea land an give um to da Reuben ohana, da Gad ohana, an half da Manasseh ohana,
Deu 29.13: his peopo, an dat he yoa God, jalike he wen make promise to you guys an our ancesta guys, Abraham, Isaac, an Jacob.
Deu 29.18: turn away from oua God Yahweh, an go down an show respeck to da idol kine gods from dose peopos.
Deu 29.20: All da bad kine stuff dis book tell, goin come to dat kine guy, an Yahweh goin take his name out from unda
Deu 29.21: book tell bout all da real bad kine tings dat goin happen to da peopo dat no do all dat da rules tell inside dis deal.
Deu 29.24: All da odda peopos goin aks, ‘How come Yahweh do dis to dis land?
Deu 29.26: dey donno befo, dat God neva give dem da right fo pray to.’
head: Afta Da Peopo Turn To Yahweh, Dey Do Good
Deu 30.5: He goin make good tings happen to you guys, mo den oua ancesta guys, an make you guys come
Deu 30.9: again wen he tink bout you guys, an make good tings happen to you guys, jalike he wen feel good inside bout yoa ancesta
Deu 30.20: guys goin get love an aloha fo yoa God Yahweh, an lissen to him, an stay tight wit him.
Deu 30.20: years on top da land he wen make strong promise fo give to yoa ancesta guys, Abraham, Isaac, an Jacob.
Deu 31.1: Den Moses go out an tell dis to all da Israel peopo: “Me, I one hundred twenty years ol
Deu 31.4: Yahweh goin make to dem guys jalike he wen do to Sihon an Og, da kings fo da
Deu 31.4: Yahweh goin make to dem guys jalike he wen do to Sihon an Og, da kings fo da Amor peopo.
Deu 31.5: Yahweh goin give dem to you guys, an you gotta make to dem eryting I wen tell you
Deu 31.5: Yahweh goin give dem to you guys, an you gotta make to dem eryting I wen tell you guys fo do.
Deu 31.7: peopo inside da land dat Yahweh make one spesho promise to our ancesta guys dat he goin give dem da land.”
Deu 31.9: So Moses wen write down dese rules an give um to da pries guys from da Levi ohana, dat [wen] carry da Box
Deu 31.9: carry da Box Fo Rememba Da Deal Wit Yahweh, an he give um to all da older leadas fo da Israel peopo.
Deu 31.11: Dat time, you goin read dese rules to dem so dey all can hear you.
Deu 31.15: an dey can see him, inside one cloud dat go from da groun to da sky.”
Deu 31.16: go down in front da odda gods dat da diffren peopos pray to ova dea inside da land dey goin go inside fo take ova.
Deu 31.17: Plenny trouble an hard time goin happen to dem.
Deu 31.18: bad kine stuff dey do wen dey bag from me an start fo pray to odda gods.
Deu 31.19: Den you, Moses, you teach um to da Israel peopo, so dey can sing um.
Deu 31.20: milk an honey erytime, da land I wen make spesho promise to dea ancestas fo give dem, dey goin eat all dey like an
Deu 31.21: dem inside da land dat I wen make spesho promise fo give to dem.
Deu 31.22: So Moses wen write dis song dat same day, an teach um to da Israel peopo.
Deu 31.24: write inside one book wat dese rules tell, from da start to da end, he tell dis rule to da Levi ohana guys dat carry
Deu 31.25: dese rules tell, from da start to da end, he tell dis rule to da Levi ohana guys dat carry da Box Fo Rememba Da Deal Wit
Deu 31.30: Den Moses tell wat dis song say from da start to da end so all da Israel peopo dat stay dea togedda 2chcan
Deu 32.16: You guys make him come jealous Cuz you go pray to da gods fo da odda peopos.
Deu 32.17: You make sacrifice to da aumakua kine spirits.
Deu 32.20: ‘I goin hide my face from dem, An see wat goin happen to dem.
Deu 32.21: Dey make me come jealous Cuz dey pray to da kine gods dat not gods fo real.
Deu 32.22: Da fire dat burn all da way To da bottom a da Mahke Peopo's Place, Goin burn up da earth
Deu 32.23: I goin pile up plenny bad kine tings I goin do to da Israel peopo, Jalike I goin shoot all my arrows by dem.
Deu 32.37: Dey suppose to be jalike one rock fo you guys go hide by dem!
Deu 32.37: Now, wat happen to dem?
Deu 32.40: I put up my hand to da sky Fo make one spesho promise.
Deu 32.49: day, Yahweh tell Moses, “Go up inside da Abarim mountains to Mount Nebo inside da Moab land, dat stay across Jericho,
Deu 32.50: climb up da top a dat mountain, you goin mahke an go back to yoa peopo, jalike yoa brudda Aaron wen mahke on top Mount
Deu 33.7: Dis wat Moses tell bout da Judah ohana: “Yahweh, lissen [to] da peopo from dat ohana.
Deu 33.9: Dat time, da Levi guys neva make diffren kine Even to dea own fadda an mudda guys.
Deu 33.10: Da Levi guys teach yoa rules to da odda Jacob peopo, (Az da Israel peopo), An dey teach
Deu 33.10: da Israel peopo), An dey teach how you make diffren kine To da good peopo an da bad peopo.
Deu 33.21: You Gad peopo make diffren kine To da good peopo an da bad peopo, Da way Yahweh like do, da
Deu 33.26: peopo dat stay do wass right, He ride from one side da sky to da odda side Fo help you guys.
Deu 34.1: Den Moses wen climb up from da flat country inside Moab to Mount Nebo, up da top a da Pisgah ridge, across Jericho.
Deu 34.1: Ova dea Yahweh show him da whole land, from Gilead to Dan, all da Naftali land, da land fo Efraim an Manasseh,
Deu 34.2: land, da land fo Efraim an Manasseh, all da land fo Judah to da Mediterranean Sea west side, da Negev country sout
Deu 34.3: from da Jericho Valley (az Palm Tree Town), all da way to Zoar town.
Deu 34.4: tell him, “Dis, da land I wen make spesho promise fo give to Abraham, Isaac, an Jacob.
Deu 34.4: ‘I goin give dis land to da peopo dat come from you guys.
Deu 34.10: From dat time no mo nobody talk fo God like Moses talk to da Israel peopo.
Deu 34.11: wen do all da awesome an unreal tings inside Egypt fo show to Pharaoh, all his leada guys, an all da peopo inside da
Rut 1.6: time now fo help his peopo Judah side, an he give food to dem.
Rut 1.7: go way from da place Na`omi wen live, an go da road back to da Judah land.
Rut 1.15: she wen go back awready by her peopo an da god she pray to.
Rut 1.21: Da God Dat Get All Da Powa, He make bad tings happen to me!
Rut 2.2: Maybe get somebody dat make nice to me an let me do dat, cuz God's Rules say az good.
Rut 2.4: Dey tell Boaz, “Aloha to you!
Rut 2.10: How come you stay good to me an even talk to me?
Rut 2.10: How come you stay good to me an even talk to me?
Rut 2.13: You stay real good to me!”
Rut 2.13: You wen give me good kine words an you talk to me wit good heart.
Rut 2.14: Boaz, he pass some roast barley to her.”
Rut 3.1: Na`omi talk to her daughta-in-law Rut.
Rut 3.2: He wen make to you jalike you one a da girls dat work fo him, so you can
Rut 3.9: do stuff, you one a da guys from da ohana dat suppose to marry me an get kids fo my mahke husban, cuz you jalike
Rut 3.13: Morning time, I go talk to him.
Rut 3.13: if he no like do dat fo da ohana, den I make dis promise to you, jalike I shua Yahweh stay alive, I shua too dat I
Rut 4.1: Boaz yell to him an use his name.
Rut 4.1: I like talk to you.
Rut 4.7: right fo buy someting, dey take off dea slippa an give um to da odda guy dey make deal wit.
Rut 4.8: Boaz, “You buy um,” Boaz take off his slippa an give um to da guy in front erybody.
1Ki 1.3: Dey find Abishag from Shunam, an bring her to da King.
1Ki 1.13: Talk to King David now!
1Ki 1.13: But you wen make one strong promise to me befo time, you know.
1Ki 1.14: Befo you pau talk to da King, I goin come inside too, an I goin tell da same
1Ki 1.17: You wen make one strong promise to me, an you wen aks yoa God Yahweh fo make shua you do wat
1Ki 1.29: King David make one strong promise to her.”
1Ki 1.29: He tell, “Da promise I wen make to you, you can trus fo shua.
1Ki 1.30: strong promise fo you one mo time, jalike I wen make um to you befo time in front Yahweh, da God fo da Israel peopo.
1Ki 1.35: Den tell Solomon fo go up to da palace, an all you guys go wit him.
1Ki 1.36: He da God dat my boss da King stay pray to!
1Ki 1.38: dat stay spesho fo King David, an dey take Solomon down to da Gihon watta place.”
1Ki 1.40: Den Solomon go up to da palace, an all da peopo go wit him, playing flute an
1Ki 1.45: Den dey wen go from dea up to da palace, an dey all stay good inside.
1Ki 1.48: Den he pray to God lidis: ‘I like tell good tings bout you, cuz you
1Ki 1.51: he tell, ‘I like fo King Solomon make one strong promise to me, dat he no goin tell nobody fo kill me wit one sword.
1Ki 1.53: one guy fo go get Adonijah down from da altar an bring um to da palace.
1Ki 2.5: You know wat Joab, my sista Zeruiah boy, wen do to me.
1Ki 2.6: get white hair, wen he mahke, no let him mahke an go down to da Mahke Peopo Place easy kine, jalike he neva do notting
1Ki 2.8: Lata, Shimei wen come down to da Jordan Riva fo talk to me, an I wen make one strong
1Ki 2.8: Lata, Shimei wen come down to da Jordan Riva fo talk to me, an I wen make one strong promise to him.
1Ki 2.8: Riva fo talk to me, an I wen make one strong promise to him.
1Ki 2.9: get white hair, but make um bleed befo you send him down to da Mahke Peopo Place!
1Ki 2.15: Adonijah tell: “You know, was me suppose to come da King.”
1Ki 2.17: So Adonijah tell, “Go talk to King Solomon, cuz he no goin tell you no.”
1Ki 2.18: Batsheba tell him, “Kay den, I go talk to da King fo you.
1Ki 2.19: So Batsheba go by King Solomon, fo talk to him fo Adonijah.”
1Ki 2.23: Den King Solomon wen make one strong promise to Yahweh.
1Ki 2.26: You suppose to mahke.
1Ki 2.28: Joab run to da Tent Fo Rememba Da Deal Wit Yahweh, an he grab da tings
1Ki 2.29: Somebody tell King Solomon, “Joab wen run to da Tent Fo Rememba Da Deal Wit Yahweh.)
1Ki 2.41: tell King Solomon dat Shimei wen go outside Jerusalem to Gat, an now he come back.
1Ki 2.43: You wen make one strong promise to Yahweh.
1Ki 2.44: yoa heart, you know all da bad kine stuff you wen do to King David my fadda.
1Ki 2.44: Now, Yahweh stay bring all dat bad stuff back to you.”
1Ki 3.7: So Yahweh, you da God I pray to, an I work fo you.
1Ki 3.15: Den King Solomon wake up, an he know God wen talk to him inside da dream.
1Ki 3.17: Da firs wahine tell da King, “Lissen to dis, Boss.
1Ki 3.27: Solomon hear dat, he tell, “Give da boy dat stay alive to da wahine dat say no kill um.
1Ki 4.12: Ben-Ahilud, fo Ta`anak, Megiddo, all da Bet-Shean land nex to Zaretan, down side from Jezreel, an from Bet-Shean ova to
1Ki 4.12: to Zaretan, down side from Jezreel, an from Bet-Shean ova to Abel-Meholah, an from dea across to Jokmeam.
1Ki 4.12: an from Bet-Shean ova to Abel-Meholah, an from dea across to Jokmeam.
1Ki 4.21: in charge a all da local kine kings from da Eufrates Riva to da Filisha land, an all da way to da Egypt border.
1Ki 4.21: from da Eufrates Riva to da Filisha land, an all da way to da Egypt border.
1Ki 4.24: da wes side a da Eufrates Riva, all da way from Tifsah to Gaza.
1Ki 4.25: no need worry bout notting, from da Dan land nort side to Beer-Sheba town sout side.
1Ki 4.27: Dey suppose to make shua King Solomon get plenny food fo his own peopo
1Ki 4.28: Ery govna guy bring da food he suppose to bring.
1Ki 4.33: da plants, from da big cedar tree dat grow Lebanon side, to da small oregano plant dat grow outa one wall.
1Ki 5.2: Solomon send back one message to Hiram.
1Ki 5.3: he tell: “You know awready, dat my fadda David stay pray to da God Yahweh.
1Ki 5.4: “But now, my God Yahweh, da One dat I pray to, he let me res, cuz no need fight wit da peopos all aroun
1Ki 5.5: goin know wat kine God, my God Yahweh, da One I stay pray to.
head: King Hiram Write Letta To King Solomon
1Ki 5.8: Hiram send message to Solomon.
1Ki 5.9: My worka guys goin bring da wood down da Lebanon mountains to da sea.
1Ki 5.9: Den we take um down on top da watta to da place you tell me.
1Ki 5.14: From dea, Solomon send um out to da Lebanon mountains, 10,000 mens ery month.
1Ki 5.15: guys who cut stone, an 70,000 guys fo carry da stone block to Jerusalem.
1Ki 6.3: Da hallway to da door wea da pries guys go inside da Temple, go across
1Ki 6.6: so da rooms aroun da bottom ony 7 feet 6 inch from da door to da wall.
1Ki 6.6: Da secon floor rooms, 9 feet from da lanai to da wall, an da top rooms, 10 feet 6 inch from da lanai to
1Ki 6.6: to da wall, an da top rooms, 10 feet 6 inch from da lanai to da wall.
1Ki 6.8: a da Temple, den you go up one winding stair dat go aroun to da secon floor, den to da top floor.
1Ki 6.8: up one winding stair dat go aroun to da secon floor, den to da top floor.
1Ki 6.10: 6 inch high, an da cedar wood beams fo da rooms go flush to da Temple wall.
head: God Talk To King Solomon
1Ki 6.12: den fo you, I goin make happen da ting I wen make promise to yoa fadda David fo do.
1Ki 6.15: da inside walls wit cedar wood board, dat go from da floor to da ceiling.
1Ki 6.16: walls dea too wit cedar wood board, dat go from da floor to da ceiling.
1Ki 6.27: Solomon put da awesome angel watcha guy statues nex to each odda, inside da Real, Real Spesho room.
1Ki 6.27: Dea wings stick out strait to da side, so dey touch da wall wit one wing, an dey touch
1Ki 7.3: 15 pos in ery row, an da raftas go from da top a one pos to da top a da nex pos dat match in da nex row.
1Ki 7.7: From da floor to da roof, eryting stay cova wit cedar wood.
1Ki 7.9: fo da inside an da outside a da house, from da foundation to da top a da wall, an from outside all da way to da big
1Ki 7.9: foundation to da top a da wall, an from outside all da way to da big yard inside.
1Ki 7.10: Da foundation stone blocks get real big stones, 12 to 15 feet, an cos real plenny.
1Ki 7.23: Was 15 feet from one side to da odda side, 7 feet 6 inch high, an aroun da outside, if
1Ki 7.28: All da panels go from one corna pos to da odda corna pos.
1Ki 7.38: Ery tub 6 feet from one side to da odda side, an hold 230 gallon watta.
1Ki 8.14: standing dea togedda in front him, King Solomon turn aroun to dem.
1Ki 8.15: God wen make one promise wit his own mout to my fadda David befo time.
1Ki 8.16: ‘From befo time, wen I bring my Israel peopo outa Egypt to dis land, I neva pick one town from da Israel ohana lands
1Ki 8.22: Solomon put up his hands to da sky fo pray.
1Ki 8.25: I like you fo do bumbye Jalike you wen make promise fo do to my fadda David.
1Ki 8.26: Dass wat you make promise fo do To my fadda David, Dat wen work plenny fo you.’
1Ki 8.28: Yahweh, lissen to dis prayer I stay make to you.
1Ki 8.28: Yahweh, lissen to dis prayer I stay make to you.
1Ki 8.28: I call to you fo help me.
1Ki 8.29: So I like fo you hear wen I pray to you, Looking at dis Temple.
1Ki 8.30: From da sky, Lissen to us, An hemo oua shame fo da bad tings us guys wen do!
1Ki 8.31: “Bumbye, jalike wen somebody do Someting bad to some odda guy.
1Ki 8.31: come In front yoa altar, hea inside dis Temple, An swear to you, God, fo make proof Dat he neva do notting wrong.
1Ki 8.32: like you lissen from da sky An judge wat da guy dat swear to you, God, tell, An wat da odda guy tell.
1Ki 8.33: But wen yoa peopo turn aroun Come back to you, An tell dat dey yoa peopo fo real kine, An dey come
1Ki 8.33: dey yoa peopo fo real kine, An dey come dis Temple fo pray to you An beg you fo help dem, Den I like you lissen from da
1Ki 8.34: Bring um back one mo time To da lan you wen give to dea ancesta guys.
1Ki 8.34: Bring um back one mo time To da lan you wen give to dea ancesta guys.
1Ki 8.38: But anybody dat pray to you, O beg you fo help dem From all da Israel peopo in da
1Ki 8.40: all da time dey goin stay inside dis land Dat you wen give to oua ancesta guys!
1Ki 8.44: From dea, dey goin pray to you, Yahweh, Den I like you lissen from da sky Wen dey
1Ki 8.46: dem Take da peopo An make dem prisnas An take um away to dea land, O maybe nea yoa land, o maybe far way.
1Ki 8.48: change how dey tink an how dey feel inside, An dey pray to you from ova dea, Facing dis land Dat you wen give to dea
1Ki 8.48: pray to you from ova dea, Facing dis land Dat you wen give to dea ancesta guys, An dis big town you wen pick, An dis
1Ki 8.49: dat I wen build Fo show wat kine God you, Den lissen to dem From inside da sky, wea you live.
1Ki 8.49: Lissen how dey pray to you, An da tings dey beg you fo do, An do da right ting fo
head: Solomon Give Da Temple To God
1Ki 8.54: Dass how Solomon pray to Yahweh, on his knees, an putting up his hands to da sky an
1Ki 8.54: pray to Yahweh, on his knees, an putting up his hands to da sky an aks um fo help, an looking at da altar fo make
1Ki 8.54: aks um fo help, an looking at da altar fo make sacrifice to Yahweh.
1Ki 8.56: Yahweh wen make dat good promise To his worka guy Moses, An Moses wen tell us we can res too.
1Ki 8.65: dea togedda fo be wit Solomon, from Lebo-Hamat nort side to da Egypt Border Stream.
1Ki 9.5: I wen make dis promise to yoa fadda David: ‘You goin be da ancesta fo da kings fo
1Ki 9.8: Dey goin tell, ‘How come Yahweh wen do dis to da land an da Temple?
1Ki 9.9: peopo goin tell um, ‘Az cuz da Israel peopo no like lissen to Yahweh, dea God dat wen take dea ancesta guys outa Egypt.
1Ki 9.9: Az why Yahweh wen make all dis bad kine stuff happen to dem.
1Ki 9.14: Befo dat, Hiram wen send four an a half ton gold to King Solomon too.”
1Ki 9.16: Den he give da town to Solomon fo wedding present wen Solomon marry Pharaoh
1Ki 9.21: an da Jebus peopo, dis all da ones da Israel peopo suppose to wipe out wen da Israel peopo come dat land, but dey neva
1Ki 9.26: Dass nea Elot, nex to da Red Sea, inside da Edom land.
1Ki 10.2: She come by Solomon an talk to him bout all da tings she stay tinking bout.
1Ki 10.13: Den she go back to her own land.
1Ki 10.22: get plenny big boats, da real big kine fo go all da way to Spain.
1Ki 10.26: He send some a dem to da towns he wen build fo da army guys dat use da war wagon
1Ki 11.4: cuz he no stay tight wit Yahweh no moa, da God he pray to.
1Ki 11.5: So Solomon go pray to Ashtoret, da wahine idol kine god dat da Sidon peopo stay
1Ki 11.5: da wahine idol kine god dat da Sidon peopo stay pray to.
1Ki 11.5: He go pray to Molek too, da pilau kine idol god dat da Ammon peopo stay
1Ki 11.5: too, da pilau kine idol god dat da Ammon peopo stay pray to.
1Ki 11.7: one place on top da Olive Ridge across Jerusalem fo pray to Kemosh da pilau idol kine god dat da Moab peopo stay pray
1Ki 11.7: Kemosh da pilau idol kine god dat da Moab peopo stay pray to, an one odda place fo Molek da pilau kine idol god dat da
1Ki 11.7: Molek da pilau kine idol god dat da Ammon peopo stay pray to.
1Ki 11.10: No matta Yahweh tell Solomon no pray to odda gods dat not fo him, Solomon neva do wat Yahweh wen
1Ki 11.29: Dat time, Jeroboam go outside Jerusalem to da country side.
1Ki 11.33: Dey go pray to Ashtoret da wahine god fo da Sidon peopo, an Kemosh da god
1Ki 12.3: all da odda Israel peopo dat wen come togedda, dey go talk to Rehoboam.
1Ki 12.8: He go talk to da young guys dat grow up wit him an dat stay by him.”
1Ki 12.11: guys dat grow up wit Rehoboam tell um, “Dose peopo dat say to you, ‘Yoa fadda, he wen make us jalike cows an put heavy
1Ki 12.13: Da king talk real hard to da peopo.”
1Ki 12.13: He no lissen to wat da older leadas tell um az good fo do.
1Ki 12.14: He talk to dem da way da young guys wen tell um fo talk.
1Ki 12.15: Da king guy no lissen to da peopo.”
1Ki 12.16: all da Israel peopo see dat King Rehoboam no stay lissen to dem, dey talk back to him.
1Ki 12.16: see dat King Rehoboam no stay lissen to dem, dey talk back to him.
1Ki 12.16: You king guys from da David ohana, You good fo notting to us!
1Ki 12.18: Den King Rehoboam send Adoniram to da country side for talk to da peopo.
1Ki 12.18: King Rehoboam send Adoniram to da country side for talk to da peopo.
1Ki 12.18: jump real quick inside his war wagon an run away from dea to Jerusalem.
head: Shemaiah Talk Fo God To Rehoboam
1Ki 12.23: one guy dat know God fo real kine, fo say dis: “Talk to Rehoboam, Solomon's boy, da king fo da Judah peopo, an to
1Ki 12.23: to Rehoboam, Solomon's boy, da king fo da Judah peopo, an to all da Judah an Benjamin peopo, an all da oddas too.
1Ki 12.24: Da peopo lissen to wat Yahweh tell um, an dey go back home, jalike Yahweh
1Ki 12.27: An if dey do dat, dey goin kill me an go back to him!
1Ki 12.30: wen do dis, make plenny peopo do wat dey not suppose to do.”
1Ki 12.30: Dey even wen go all da way Dan side fo pray to da idol kine god ova dea.
1Ki 12.32: kine sacrifice house he wen build on top da hills fo pray to da odda gods too.
1Ki 12.33: all come togedda, an he da one, not da pries guys, go to da altar an make da sacrifice.
1Ki 13.2: Da guy yell jalike he talking stink to da altar, cuz Yahweh wen tell um wat fo say.
1Ki 13.6: tell da guy dat know God, “Aks yoa God Yahweh fo make good to me!
1Ki 13.6: So da guy dat know God aks God fo make good to da king.
1Ki 13.21: He talk real loud to da guy from Judah dat know God, “Dis wat Yahweh tell:
1Ki 13.26: Yahweh wen turn um ova to da lion, an he bus up da guy an kill um, jalike Yahweh wen
1Ki 13.31: Lay my bones nex to his bones.”
1Ki 13.32: da small temples on top da hills wea peopo make sacrifice to odda gods inside da Samaria towns.
1Ki 13.33: pries fo da places on top da hills wea dey make sacrifice to odda gods.
1Ki 14.4: She start fo go Shiloh side, to Ahijah house.”
1Ki 14.10: I goin make bad kine stuff happen to all da Jeroboam ohana.“
1Ki 14.15: pull out da Israel peopo from dis good land he wen give to dea ancesta guys, jalike wen you pull one plant outa da
1Ki 14.15: Az cuz dey wen put up pos fo pray to da wahine god Asherah, an dat make Yahweh come plenny
1Ki 14.22: dey make Yahweh come real huhu an jealous, cuz dey suppose to live fo him an [dey] no make lidat.
1Ki 14.23: up big stone fo make place for pray, an put pos fo pray to da wahine god Asherah, on top da high part a ery hill an
1Ki 14.24: stuff, an da wahines pay dem, an all da pay dey get, go to da places wea da peopo pray to da odda gods.
1Ki 14.24: an all da pay dey get, go to da places wea da peopo pray to da odda gods.
1Ki 14.28: Afta he leave, dey take um back to da room wea dey stay.
1Ki 15.12: make sex, an da wahines pay dem, an all da pay dey get, go to da places wea da peopo pray to da odda gods.
1Ki 15.12: an all da pay dey get, go to da places wea da peopo pray to da odda gods.
1Ki 15.13: queen, cuz she wen make one real pilau kine pole fo pray to da wahine god Asherah.
1Ki 15.18: He give um all to his helpa guys, an tell um fo take um Damascus side, to
1Ki 15.18: to his helpa guys, an tell um fo take um Damascus side, to Ben-Hadad, Tavrimmon boy an Hezion grankid, dat was king
1Ki 15.20: Ben-Hadad, he lissen to King Asa.
1Ki 15.20: Abel Bet Maacah, an da land aroun Lake Kinneret all da way to da Naftali land.
1Ki 15.29: He wipe um all out, jalike Yahweh wen tell befo time to Ahijah, da Shiloh guy dat work fo him.
1Ki 16.13: dea God Yahweh come huhu, cuz Ba`asha an Elah wen stick to da idol kine gods dat no can do notting.
1Ki 16.26: Yahweh come huhu, da God Fo Da Israel Peopo, cuz Omri pray to da idol kine gods dat no can do notting.
1Ki 16.32: Samaria side, an he put one altar dea fo make sacrifice to Ba`al.
1Ki 16.33: An he put up one pos dea fo pray to da wahine god Asherah too.
1Ki 17.19: He take da boy from her arm an take him upstairs, to da room on top da flat roof wea he stay.”
1Ki 17.20: Den Elijah call to Yahweh fo help him.
1Ki 17.20: How come you wen make dis bad ting happen to her now, making her boy mahke?
1Ki 17.21: He call out to Yahweh, “Eh Yahweh!”
1Ki 17.21: Bring back dis boy's life to his body!
1Ki 17.22: Da life come back to da boy body, an he come alive.”
1Ki 17.23: He give da boy to his mudda an tell, “Look!
1Ki 18.1: mo rain, one message come from Yahweh fo Elijah: “Go talk to King Ahab.
1Ki 18.10: alive, an I shua bout dis too: my boss Ahab wen send peopo to ery country an ery king fo look fo you!
1Ki 18.18: guys neva do da tings Yahweh tell you fo do, an you pray to da Ba`al kine gods.
1Ki 18.26: Dey yell, “Eh, Ba`al, lissen to us guys an do someting!
1Ki 18.29: Dey making like da talkas fo Ba`al suppose to make, spazzing out, till evening time, wen time fo make da
1Ki 18.37: Yahweh, do someting fo show you lissen to me, so den dis peopo goin know dat you Yahweh, you da God
1Ki 18.42: Elijah, he go back up Mount Carmel to da top.”
1Ki 18.42: He bend down to da groun, an put his face on his knees.
1Ki 18.44: Tell um dis: ‘Tie da horse to yoa war wagon!”
1Ki 18.46: tie um wit his belt, den he run in front Ahab all da way to da place peopo go inside Jezreel town.
1Ki 19.2: An if I no do dat, I like my gods do da same kine ting to me, an even mo worsa!
1Ki 19.21: He give da meat to da peopo, an dey eat um.
1Ki 20.7: guy looking fo make trouble, an how he do bad kine tings to us!
1Ki 20.23: king tell um, “You know, da gods dat da Israel guys pray to, dey hill kine gods.
1Ki 20.25: Da king lissen to dem an do how dey tell.
1Ki 20.30: An Ben-Hadad, he run away to one place inside da town dat get strong wall, an he hide
1Ki 20.34: my fadda guy wen take away from yoa fadda, I give um back to you.”
1Ki 20.39: Wen da king come by dea, da talka fo God yell to him.
1Ki 20.42: An you goin lose yoa own peopo, cuz you let him go back to his peopo!
1Ki 21.3: Nabot tell Ahab, “Yahweh no goin let me sell um to you!
1Ki 21.4: mad, cuz Nabot da Jezreel guy tell um, “I no goin sell um to you!”
1Ki 21.8: She send um to da older leada guys an da town council guys dat live in
1Ki 21.10: Us guys wen hear you tell, dat you like bad tings happen to God, an to da king!
1Ki 21.10: hear you tell, dat you like bad tings happen to God, an to da king!
1Ki 21.11: wat Jezebel tell um fo do inside da lettas she wen write to dem.’
1Ki 21.13: Dey tell, “Dis Nabot, he tell he like bad tings happen to God, an to da king!
1Ki 21.13: “Dis Nabot, he tell he like bad tings happen to God, an to da king!
1Ki 21.15: da grape farm, da one Nabot da Jezreel guy no like sell um to you.”
1Ki 21.19: Tell dis to Ahab: ‘Dis, wat Yahweh tell: Fo shua, you wen kill one
1Ki 21.21: ‘Dis me, da one dat goin make real bad kine stuff happen to you!”
1Ki 21.27: he go broke off his clotheses an put on burm bag cloth nex to his skin fo show erybody he stay feel sore inside, an he
1Ki 21.29: But eryting I tell goin happen to da Ahab ohana afta his boy come da king.
1Ki 22.6: Oua main god we pray to, goin give you da town.”
1Ki 22.8: He erytime tell bad tings goin happen to me!
1Ki 22.12: Cuz Yahweh goin give da town to oua king!
1Ki 22.15: Cuz Yahweh goin give da town to oua king!”
1Ki 22.18: he talk fo Yahweh, he no tell me someting good goin happen to me.
1Ki 22.23: Az cuz Yahweh tell, someting real bad goin happen to you!
1Ki 22.24: How da spirit from Yahweh can leave me, fo go ova dea talk to you, aah?
1Ki 22.53: He go down in front Ba`al an pray to him.
2Ki 1.14: So make jalike my life stay worth someting to you, an no make us mahke!
2Ki 2.8: Da watta open up to da right side an da lef side, an da two guys go da odda
2Ki 2.14: You da God Elijah wen pray to!
2Ki 2.14: Wen Elisha his da watta, da riva wen open up to da right side an da lef side, an he walk ova da odda side.
2Ki 3.4: Ery year, he gotta pay tax to da Israel king.
2Ki 3.12: da king fo Israel, an Jehoshafat, an da Edom king go talk to Elisha.”
2Ki 3.13: by da guys dat talk fo da gods yoa fadda an mudda wen pray to!”
2Ki 3.15: me one music guy ova hea fo make me ready fo go lissen to Yahweh.
2Ki 3.27: and burn up da body on top da town wall, fo make sacrifice to his gods.
2Ki 4.1: But he owe money to one guy.
2Ki 4.12: his worka guy Gehazi, “Tell da Shunem wahine I like talk to her.
2Ki 4.33: shut da door so jus him an da mahke boy dea, an pray to Yahweh.”
2Ki 4.42: Elisha tell, “Give um to da guys fo eat.
2Ki 4.43: Elisha tell, “Give um to da guys fo eat.
2Ki 5.11: an stand dea, an use da name fo his god Yahweh, fo call to him fo help cuz he know wat kine god him!”
2Ki 5.18: inside da temple fo da god Rimmon, fo go down dea an pray to Rimmon, an da king lean on top my arm, I gotta go down wit
2Ki 5.23: He give da two bag to his worka guys, an dey carry um in front Gehazi.
2Ki 6.11: um, “You guys betta tell me, who from us guys squealing to da Israel king guy!
2Ki 6.12: guys tell, “No, my boss da king -- no mo nobody squealing to dem.
2Ki 6.18: Wen da Aram army guys start come down by Elisha, he pray to Yahweh lidis: “Wack dese guys from odda place wit one
2Ki 6.26: stay walk on top da town wall, an one Samaria wahine yell to him, “My boss da king, help me get outa trouble!
2Ki 6.31: If not, I like God do someting even mo bad to me!
2Ki 7.10: So dey go yell to da guys dat watch da gates, an tell dem, “We wen go by da
2Ki 7.12: officer guys, “I goin tell you wat da Aram guys stay do to us.
2Ki 8.21: So Jehoram go across da Jordan Riva to Zair town wit all his war wagons.
2Ki 9.5: Den Jehu aks, “Which one a us guys you like talk to?
2Ki 9.11: How come dat guy come hea talk pupule kine to you?
2Ki 9.23: He yell to Ahaziah, “Ahaziah, dat bugga wen set us up!”
2Ki 9.26: An fo shua I goin pay you back fo wat you wen do to Nabot, on top dis same piece land.
2Ki 9.27: da Judah king, see wat wen happen, he run away up da road to Bet-Haggan.’
2Ki 9.27: Dey shoot him inside his war wagon on da way fo go up to Gur nea Ibleam, but he ony stay hurt, an he run away
2Ki 9.28: His helpa guys take his mahke body inside one war wagon, to Jerusalem town.”
2Ki 10.1: Jehu write lettas an tell somebody take um Samaria town, to da main leadas inside Jezreel valley an da older leadas,
2Ki 10.1: main leadas inside Jezreel valley an da older leadas, an to da guys dat get da job fo take care Ahab's kids.
2Ki 10.6: Den Jehu write anodda letter to dem.
2Ki 10.13: da Ahaziah ohana, an we stay come down hea fo say ‘howzit’ to King Jehoram boys an Queen Jezebel boys.
2Ki 10.21: go inside da temple fo Ba`al, so stay full from one side to da odda side.
2Ki 10.30: You wen do to da Ahab ohana eryting I wen like do to dem!
2Ki 10.30: You wen do to da Ahab ohana eryting I wen like do to dem!
2Ki 10.33: from Aroer by da Arnon Canyon, thru Gilead, an all da way to Bashan.
2Ki 11.5: You guys get three team dat suppose to show up fo work on da Res Day, yeah?
2Ki 11.11: an all aroun da altar an da temple, from da south side to da north side.
2Ki 11.17: Den Jehoiada da pries guy make strong kine promise to Yahweh, from da king an da peopo, dat dey goin come Yahweh
2Ki 11.17: An he make da king make promise to da peopo, an da peopo make promise to da king.
2Ki 11.17: da king make promise to da peopo, an da peopo make promise to da king.
2Ki 12.5: Weneva somebody bring silva to da Temple, da guys in charge a da silva suppose to give um
2Ki 12.5: silva to da Temple, da guys in charge a da silva suppose to give um to da pries guys.
2Ki 12.5: da Temple, da guys in charge a da silva suppose to give um to da pries guys.
2Ki 12.7: You gotta give um to da guys dat goin fix da Temple!
2Ki 12.11: Wen dey pau weigh eryting, dey give da silva to da luna guys fo da guys dat do da work, da guys dat stay
2Ki 12.18: inside da Temple Fo Yahweh an da palace, an he send um to Hazael da Aram king.
2Ki 13.6: An da kine pos da peopo put up Samaria town, fo pray to da wahine god Asherah, still stay dea.
2Ki 14.8: He give um dis message, “Come meet me face to face, so we can fight an see who win!
2Ki 14.9: king, tell da messenja guys fo go back tell dis story to Amaziah, da Judah king: “You, you jalike one small thorn
2Ki 14.9: bush on top da Lebanon mountains, dat send one message to one big Lebanon cedar tree, ‘Give yoa girl to my boy fo
2Ki 14.9: one message to one big Lebanon cedar tree, ‘Give yoa girl to my boy fo marry!
2Ki 14.13: go Jerusalem broke down da town wall from da Ephraim Gate to da Corner Gate, one part bout six hundred feet long.
2Ki 14.25: back da Israel land all da way from Lebo-Hamat nort side to da Arabah Lake dat dey call da Big Salt Lake, sout side,
2Ki 15.14: Den Menahem, Gadi's boy, go up from Tirzah to Samaria.
2Ki 15.20: Ery rich guy gotta pay 20 ounce silva fo give um to da Assyria king.
2Ki 16.6: Den get Edom peopo move house to Eilat, an dey stay ova dea till today.
2Ki 16.8: da Temple Fo Yahweh, an inside his palace too, an send um to da Assyria king so dey no attack him.
2Ki 17.9: From da small towns dat ony get one watch tower, to da big towns dat get strong wall aroun dem, da peopo build
2Ki 17.10: Dey put up big kine stone fo dem pray to um.
2Ki 17.12: Dey pray to da idol kine gods, no matta Yahweh wen tell dem, “You guys
2Ki 17.13: Do wat I wen tell you guys fo do, da tings you suppose to do, jalike all my rules tell.”
2Ki 17.15: Dey no do wat God tell um dey suppose to do, an dey no keep da deal dat he wen make wit dea ancesta
2Ki 17.16: Dey no lissen to all da tings dea God Yahweh wen tell um fo do.
2Ki 18.8: He bus up da Filisha guys too, all da way to Gaza an da land aroun dea, dea towns wit strong walls an
2Ki 18.16: poses fo da doors inside da Temple Fo Yahweh, an give um to da Assyria king.
2Ki 18.17: town, dey stop by da watta ditch dat take da watta to da Mauka Watta Place, by da road fo da field wea dey put
2Ki 18.26: “We know you da boss, but try talk yoa Aramaic language to us guys, cuz us guys undastand um.
2Ki 18.26: No talk oua Hebrew language to us Judea guys, wea da peopo on top da wall can hear um.’-”
2Ki 18.32: watta, An goin stay lidis, till I come an move you guys to one diffren land dat stay jalike yoa own land, da kine
2Ki 18.36: Dey say notting to da Assyria guy, cuz King Hezekiah wen tell dem, “No talk
2Ki 18.36: da Assyria guy, cuz King Hezekiah wen tell dem, “No talk to him.”
2Ki 19.3: Yahweh stay ack mean to us guys.
2Ki 19.11: Fo shua you wen hear wat us Assyria king guys wen do to all da odda countries awready!
2Ki 20.2: He pray to Yahweh lidis: “Yahweh!”
2Ki 21.3: Manasseh go back to da odda gods, an build um up again, all da sacrifice
2Ki 21.3: fo da god Ba`al, an make one tiki pos fo da place dey pray to da wahine god Asherah, jalike Ahab da Israel king wen do.
2Ki 21.3: an da sun an da moon, cuz he make like dey gods, an pray to um.
2Ki 21.6: He go by da guys dat talk to da mahke peopo, an he lissen to da fortune tella guys.
2Ki 21.6: He go by da guys dat talk to da mahke peopo, an he lissen to da fortune tella guys.
2Ki 21.8: stick wit da rules, I no kick um outa da land I wen give to dea ancesta guys.
2Ki 21.11: Judah peopo do bad kine stuff too, cuz he tell um fo pray to idol kine gods he give um.
2Ki 21.12: tell dis: I da One goin make real bad kine stuff happen to da Judah an Jerusalem peopo, so dat erybody goin bum out
2Ki 21.14: I no goin take care da peopo dat suppose to stay mines, da ones dat still yet stay alive.
2Ki 21.14: I goin turn um ova to da peopo dat stay agains dem.
2Ki 21.16: Jalike he fill Jerusalem wit dea blood, from one side to da odda side.”
2Ki 21.21: He go down pray to da same idol kine gods jalike his fadda, fo show um
2Ki 22.2: He no turn to da right o da lef side, he stay on da right track.
2Ki 22.4: He tell um: “Go talk to Hilkiah, da main pries guy.
2Ki 22.4: Tell him, get ready all da silva dat da peopo wen bring to da Temple Fo Yahweh, den turn um ova to da temple security
2Ki 22.4: da peopo wen bring to da Temple Fo Yahweh, den turn um ova to da temple security guys.
2Ki 22.5: Tell da pries guys fo give da silva to da luna guys dey wen pick fo take care da Temple Fo
2Ki 22.8: An he give um to Shafan, an Shafan wen read um.
2Ki 22.14: da pries guy, Ahikam, Akor, Shafan, an Asaiah go fo talk to one wahine, Huldah, dat talk fo God.
2Ki 22.16: goin make real bad kine stuff happen all ova dis place, an to all da peopo dat live hea.)
2Ki 22.18: An tell dis odda ting too, to da Judah king, da one dat send you guys fo find out from
2Ki 22.20: no goin see all da bad kine stuff dat I goin make happen to dis place.
2Ki 23.3: stuff goin happen, an do wateva Yahweh say dey suppose to do.
2Ki 23.8: an make all da sacrifice places on top da hills from Geba to Beersheba, so nobody can use um.
2Ki 23.17: ago, he tell erybody about dese tings dat you jus wen do to da Bethel altar.”
2Ki 23.24: from Judah an Jerusalem, all da guys dat know how fo talk to da mahke guys an da bad kine spirits, da amakua idols
2Ki 23.30: guys bring his body back inside one war wagon from Megiddo to Jerusalem, an dey bury him inside his own tomb.
2Ki 23.34: He change Eliakim's name to Jehoiakim.
2Ki 24.3: Fo shua, all dat happen to da Judah peopo, jalike Yahweh wen tell, fo kick um out so
2Ki 24.7: da land from da stream dat make da Egypt boundary line, to da big Eufrates Riva.
2Ki 24.12: all his palace guys go outside da town fo give up demself to da Babylon king.
2Ki 24.17: Nebukadnezzar change his name to Zedekiah.
2Ki 25.6: Dea dey tell wat dey goin do to him.
2Ki 25.28: Amel-Marduk talk nice to Coniah, an make one spesho place fo him fo sit down, fo
Ezr 1.1: goin take you guys away, but I goin bring you back again to yoa land.
Ezr 1.1: king fo da Persia peopo, he wen write one letta an send um to all da places wea he da king.
Ezr 1.3: All you peopo dat stay pray to da God Yahweh, you can go back now Jerusalem town, inside
Ezr 1.8: go count all da tings from da Jerusalem temple an give um to Sheshbazza (az Zerubbabel), one guy from da Judah king
Ezr 1.8: guy from da Judah king ohana, fo da peopo dat goin go back to da Judah land.
Ezr 1.11: He turn ova all dese tings to Sheshbazza so dat da Israel peopo can take um back
Ezr 2.63: no even let um eat da food from da sacrifices dat suppose to be fo da pries guys eat.
Ezr 2.68: Wen all da peopo come to Jerusalem wea da Temple Fo Yahweh stay, some a da ohana
Ezr 3.5: new moon, dey make da burn up kine sacrifices dey suppose to make dat time, too.
Ezr 3.5: religious times dat Yahweh befo time tell um dey suppose to make.
Ezr 3.7: um nea da shore inside da Mediterranean Sea, all da way to Joppa town, cuz King Cyrus awready tell um dey can do dat.
Ezr 3.10: Dey stand da place dey suppose to an blow dea trumpets.
Ezr 3.10: Yahweh, jalike King David befo time wen say dey suppose to do.
Ezr 4.2: Cuz us guys pray to yoa God, jalike you guys.
Ezr 4.2: us ova hea from Assyria side, us guys stay make sacrifice to yoa God.
Ezr 4.6: stay agains da Judah peopo write one nodda letta fo send to King Xerxes, fo poin finga da Judah an Jerusalem peopo.
Ezr 4.7: Wen da letta get to Persia, da peopo dea wen make um in da Persia language so
Ezr 4.9: da letta, da peopo dat live aroun Jerusalem send dea aloha to da king an all his friends -- from da main govmen guy
Ezr 4.17: King Artaxerxes wen write dis letta back to dem: “Aloha.
Ezr 4.18: guys wen send me, peopo hea wen make um so dey can read um to me, my language.
Ezr 4.23: Wen dat letta from King Artaxerxes come back to Rehum, Shimshai, an da odda guys, dey go right away to
Ezr 4.23: to Rehum, Shimshai, an da odda guys, dey go right away to Jerusalem town, an dey make da Jewish peopo stop fo build.
Ezr 5.1: Dey talk to da Jewish peopo Judah side an Jerusalem town.
head: Govna Tatnai Write Letta To King Darius
Ezr 5.6: Dey send um to King Darius: “Dis letta fo King Darius.
Ezr 5.9: So we talk to dem, and aks um, ‘Who wen tell you guys can build dis
Ezr 5.14: all dat stuff outa da temple Babylon side, an turn um ova to one guy name Sheshbazza.
Ezr 6.5: So, take all dat stuff back to Jerusalem an put um inside da Temple Jerusalem side,
head: Dey Give Da Temple To God
Ezr 6.14: Iddo boy, dat talk fo God, dey wen give good words to da leada guys wen dey teach.
Ezr 6.16: Den dey make one spesho day fo give da Temple to God.
Ezr 6.17: Fo give da Temple to God, dey make plenny sacrifice.
Ezr 6.21: peopos stay do, an dey come jalike da Israel peopo an pray to dea God, Yahweh, dey eat da Passova food too.
Ezr 7.6: da Rules dat Yahweh, da God fo da Israel peopo, wen give to da Israel peopo befo time.
Ezr 7.6: Yahweh, da God dat Ezra pray to, like do good tings fo Ezra, an help um plenny.
Ezr 7.9: Jerusalem dat same year Augus 4, cuz da God dat Ezra pray to, like do good tings fo Ezra an help um plenny.
Ezr 7.11: da pries leave Babylon, King Artaxerxes wen give one letta to him, cuz he da one wen study da tings Yahweh say da Israel
Ezr 7.15: you, an we stay give you plenny so you can make sacrifice to da God fo da Israel peopo, da God dat stay Jerusalem side.
Ezr 7.22: Give him up to 7,500 pound silva, nuff wheat dat need 100 donkeys fo
Ezr 7.28: Yahweh, da God I pray to, he like do good tings fo me, an help me plenny.
Ezr 8.17: da leada fo da Levi ohana peopo Kasifia side, an talk to Iddo an his ohana peopo an da guys from Kasifia side dat
Ezr 8.17: his ohana peopo an da guys from Kasifia side dat suppose to work inside da Temple.
Ezr 8.17: Dey suppose to aks Iddo guys fo send us some Levi guys fo work inside da
Ezr 8.18: Da God us guys pray to, he like do good tings fo us, an help us plenny.
Ezr 8.21: We aks God fo take us to Jerusalem, fo watch us an nobody get hurt -- us guys, our
Ezr 8.22: “Our God, he stay take care all da peopo dat stay pray to him, but he stay huhu an make strong agains all da peopo
Ezr 8.28: All dis silva an gold kine stuff, da peopo wen take um to Yahweh, cuz dey like.
Ezr 8.28: He da God dat oua ancesta guys wen pray to.
Ezr 8.29: Wen you come to Jerusalem, go check how much dey weigh fo make shua you
Ezr 8.31: April 19, we leave our camp nex to da Ahava Watta Ditch, fo go Jerusalem.
Ezr 8.31: Da God us guys stay pray to, like do good tings fo us an help us plenny.
head: Dey Give Da Stuffs Fo Da Jerusalem Temple To Da Prieses
Ezr 8.33: We give eryting to Meremot Uriah's boy, da pries guy, an to Eleazar Finehas
Ezr 8.33: We give eryting to Meremot Uriah's boy, da pries guy, an to Eleazar Finehas boy.
Ezr 8.36: Dey give da lettas to da King helpa guys, an da territorial govna guys fo da Wes
Ezr 9.5: go down on my knees on top da groun, an I put up my hands to my God Yahweh.
Ezr 9.6: Real plenny shame, so I no can even look up to you, my God.
Ezr 9.6: fo do all dat bad kine stuff, jalike go all da way up to da sky!
Ezr 9.7: From da time oua ancesta guys wen live to now, us guys get uku paila shame.
Ezr 9.8: leave some a us guys fo stay alive, an let us come back to dis place dat stay good an spesho fo you.
Ezr 9.10: bad kine stuff oua peopo stay doing, us no can say notting to you oua God.
Ezr 9.10: you tell us we gotta do, an we go do wat we not suppose to do!
Ezr 9.11: diffren peopos dat stay live dea, from one side a da land to da odda side, dey ony do pilau kine stuff!
Ezr 9.12: You wen make promise to us guys, dat if we no do da kine stuff you tell us fo no
Ezr 9.12: dis land, an wen we mahke, we goin leave da whole ting to our kids, foeva.
Ezr 10.5: ohana guys, an all da Israel peopo make one strong promise to God, dat dey goin do jalike Shekanaiah tell.”
Ezr 10.5: So dey all make da same strong promise to God.
head: Da Guys Dat Marry Somebody Dey Not Suppose To
Ezr 10.44: Dey wen send da wahines an dea kids back to dea peopo.
Neh 1.1: Dis da story Nehemiah wen tell bout wat wen happen to him.
Neh 1.11: You my boss, so I pray hard to you, an I like you fo lissen good.
Neh 1.11: real good fo me, an I aksing you fo make him lissen to me.
Neh 2.4: I wen pray to da God Dat Stay Inside Da Sky.
Neh 2.6: Da King aks me (wit da Queen sitting nex to him too), “So.
Neh 2.7: “If you tink az good, tell yoa guys fo write lettas fo me to da territorial govna guys fo da districks Wes Eufrates
Neh 2.11: So I wen come to Jerusalem an stay dea three days.
Neh 2.13: an ova dea wea can see da Dragon's Puka Fo Watta, den I go to da Rubbish Gate.
Neh 2.14: From dea, I pass by da Watta Gate to da King's Watta Place.
Neh 3.1: sacrifice fo make dat place spesho fo God, from da gate to da Towa Fo Da Hundred Army Guys an da Hananel Towa.
Neh 3.2: Nex to dem, da guys from Jericho town build one part a da wall.
Neh 3.2: Nex to dem, Zakkur Imri boy build anodda part.
Neh 3.5: Nex to dem da guys from Tekoa town fix da nex wall.
Neh 3.7: Nex to dem, Melatiah from Gibeon town an Jadon from Meronot town
Neh 3.8: dat make gold kine jewelry, fix da odda side da wall nex to dem.
Neh 3.8: Nex to him Hananiah, one a da guys dat make perfume, fix da wall
Neh 3.8: Hananiah, one a da guys dat make perfume, fix da wall nex to dem.
Neh 3.8: how dey make da Jerusalem wall come good again all da way to da Wide Wall.
Neh 3.10: Nex to dem Jedaiah Harumaf's boy fix part a da wall da odda side
Neh 3.10: Hattush Hashabneiah's boy fix da odda part a da wall nex to him.
Neh 3.13: da wall 500 yards from da Towa Dat Get Ovens, all da way to da Opala Gate.
Neh 3.15: go by da Siloam Watta Place wea da watta tunnel come out, to da King's Park, an from dea to da stone steps dat go down
Neh 3.15: da watta tunnel come out, to da King's Park, an from dea to da stone steps dat go down from King David's Town.
Neh 3.16: He start from across King David's Ohana tombs, an go to da watta place dey wen dig befo time, an to da house fo da
Neh 3.16: tombs, an go to da watta place dey wen dig befo time, an to da house fo da army guys.
Neh 3.17: Nex to him, da Levi ohana guys fix da wall, unda Rehum Bani's
Neh 3.17: Nex to dem, Hashabiah, da guy dat stay in charge a half da Keilah
Neh 3.18: Nex to him, some odda guys from da same ohana: Binnui Henada's
Neh 3.19: dat stay in charge a da odda half Keilah Districk, an nex to him Ezer Jeshua's boy, da main guy fo Mizpah, fix anodda
Neh 3.19: main guy fo Mizpah, fix anodda part across wea you go up to da place wea dey keep da tings dey use fo da army, ova dea
Neh 3.20: part a da wall, all da way from wea da wall stick out, to da door fo Eliashib's house (Eliashib, he da main pries
Neh 3.21: Nex to him, Meremot Uriah's boy an Hakkoz grankid fix anodda part
Neh 3.21: part a da wall, from da front door fo Eliashib house to da odda side a da house.
Neh 3.24: boy fix anodda part a da wall, from Azariah house to da nex place da wall stick out, an from dea to da corner,
Neh 3.24: house to da nex place da wall stick out, an from dea to da corner, an Palal Uzai's boy fix da odda side wea da
Neh 3.25: wea da King wen live befo time, da mauka side house nea to da yard dat da prison guard guys use.
Neh 3.25: Nex to him, Pedaiah Parosh's boy an da guys dat live on top Ofel
Neh 3.27: a da wall from across da big towa dat stick outa da wall, to da Ofel Hill wall.
Neh 3.29: Nex to dem, Zadok Immer's boy fix da wall da odda side his place.
Neh 3.29: Nex to him, Shemaiah Shekaniah's boy, dat stay in charge a da Eas
Neh 3.30: Nex to him, Hananiah Shelemiah's boy and Hanun Zalaf's numba six
Neh 3.31: Nex to him, Malkijah, one a da guys dat make gold jewelry, fix da
Neh 3.31: a da guys dat make gold jewelry, fix da wall all da way to wea da worka guys fo da Temple an da guys dat own da
Neh 3.31: da Gate Wea Da Army Guys Make Ready Fo Fight, an from dea to da place wea get one room on top da wall nea da corner.
Neh 3.32: An from dea to da Sheep Gate, da guys dat make da gold jewelry an da guys
Neh 4.3: Tobiah, da Ammon guy, he stan dea nex to Sanballat.
Neh 4.4: I pray: “God, you da God fo us guys pray to, so lissen to us!
Neh 4.4: I pray: “God, you da God fo us guys pray to, so lissen to us!
Neh 4.9: But us guys pray to oua God, an put security guards day time an nite time all
Neh 5.1: wifes stay squawk bout how da odda Jewish ohana guys make to dem.
Neh 5.8: back oua Jewish brudda guys dat befo time peopo wen sell to da odda peopos fo make um slaves.”
Neh 5.10: da guys dat work fo me, we all stay lend money an wheat to da odda guys too.
Neh 6.2: But I know dey stay make plan fo do someting bad to me.)
Neh 6.5: He stay carry one letta in his hand fo show um to erybody so dey can see, befo he come by me.
Neh 6.7: So you betta come fo talk to us now.’
Neh 6.9: But now I pray to God, fo make my hand strong!
Neh 6.17: Some a da ali`i guys from the Judah ohana wen send lettas to Tobiah, an Tobiah send lettas back to dem.
Neh 6.17: wen send lettas to Tobiah, an Tobiah send lettas back to dem.
Neh 6.19: Dey talk to me bout all da good tings Tobiah wen do, an den dey go
Neh 7.3: Make shua dat da guys dat suppose to watch da gates stay standing right dea wen you lock da
Neh 8.5: Ezra start fo read da Rules to dem early morning time, an he stay read till noon time.
Neh 8.6: Den Ezra talk to Yahweh, da awesome God.
Neh 8.8: Dey make shua dat erybody undastan wat dey stay read to dem.
Neh 8.9: one day dat stay spesho fo Yahweh, da God you guys pray to!”
Neh 8.10: Send some food to da peopo dat neva get notting ready fo eat.
Neh 8.12: Den all da peopo go from dea, fo eat an drink an send food to odda peopo, an fo stay feel real good inside.
Neh 8.15: Dey suppose to tell da peopo aroun all da towns an all ova Jerusalem, fo
Neh 8.15: all ova Jerusalem, fo make shua erybody know dey suppose to go up country, an bring back plenny branch from da olive
Neh 8.18: Ery day, from Day Numba One to Day Numba Seven, Ezra read to dem someting from da book
Neh 8.18: Ery day, from Day Numba One to Day Numba Seven, Ezra read to dem someting from da book dat get da Rules from God.
Neh 9.3: da book dat get da rules from Yahweh, dass da God dey pray to, fo three hour.
Neh 9.4: Bani, an Kenani -- stay stand on top da steps dat go up to da stage, an dey talk real loud an strong, aksing Yahweh,
Neh 9.4: real loud an strong, aksing Yahweh, da God dey stay pray to, fo help dem.
Neh 9.5: So den dey talk to God lidis: “We like tell erybody da good tings you do!
Neh 9.8: him: ‘All da peopo dat goin come from you, I goin give to dem, da land wea da Canaan peopo live, An da Het peopo, da
Neh 9.10: Dey ack jalike dey betta den anybody An make any kine to oua ancesta guys.
Neh 9.12: Day time, had one cloud dat go from da groun to da sky, Fo show da peopo wea fo go.
Neh 9.12: Nite time, had fire dat go from da groun to da sky, Fo give um light fo see dea way, wea dey stay
Neh 9.13: You talk to dem from outa da sky an da air.
Neh 9.16: guys, Dey ack jalike dey get da right Fo make any kine to God.
Neh 9.19: Da cloud dat go from da groun to da sky fo show um wea fo go Neva go way from dem.’
Neh 9.19: Nite time, da fire dat go from da groun to da sky Give um light fo see da way dey going.
Neh 9.24: You take away dea powa An give dea king guys an dea peopo to yoa ohana guys, Fo make da Israel peopo do how dey like to
Neh 9.24: to yoa ohana guys, Fo make da Israel peopo do how dey like to da Canaan peopo.
Neh 9.26: da guys dat stay talk fo you, Yoa talka guys dat wen talk to dem serious kine Fo help um turn aroun An go come tight
Neh 9.27: But wen oua peopo wen suffa, Dey yell to you fo help dem.
Neh 9.27: you get plenny pity fo dem, You wen give some leada guys to oua peopo, Fo get um outa da hard times dey stay in Cuz a
Neh 9.28: oua guys turn aroun like how was befo time An yell fo help to you again.
Neh 9.29: peopo fo wise up, Cuz you like make dem come back Lissen to yoa Rules.
Neh 9.29: Dey no like lissen to da tings You teach um dey gotta do, An dey no lissen Wat
Neh 9.32: “So now, we like say dis to you Cuz you da God dat stay big an strong An we stay
Neh 9.33: You wen do da right ting Bout eryting dat happen to us guys.
Neh 9.34: Dey no lissen to da tings you tell um fo do.
Neh 9.35: no stop doing bad kine stuff, An dey still make any kine to odda peopo.
Neh 9.36: We live on top da land dat you give to oua ancesta guys So dey can eat da stuff dat grow dea An
Neh 9.37: All da rich kine stuff dat come from dis land, Go to da king guys dat you put ova us guys, Cuz we wen do bad
Neh 10.29: We make strong promise an aks God fo do bad tings to us if we no live dat way!
Neh 10.29: Cuz God wen give his worka guy Moses his Rules fo give um to us guys, so we can do eryting dat oua boss Yahweh tell us
Neh 10.30: “Dat mean, we no goin give oua girls to da guys from dis land fo marry, an we no goin get dea
Neh 10.34: go bring wood fo burn on top da altar fo make sacrifice to oua God Yahweh, jalike stay write inside da Rules.
Neh 10.36: da firs animals dat born from ery cow an sheep and goat, to da Temple Wea Oua God Stay, an give um to da pries guys
Neh 10.36: sheep and goat, to da Temple Wea Oua God Stay, an give um to da pries guys dat stay work dea inside da Temple Fo Oua
Neh 10.38: da Levi guys pick up, dey goin bring ten percen a all dat to da Temple fo oua God, an put um inside da store rooms ova
Neh 10.39: all da odda Israel peopo goin bring da tings dey like give to God: wheat, an wine, an olive oil.
Neh 11.4: Zekariah, Amariah, Shefatiah, Mahalalel, all da way back to Perez.)
Neh 11.5: Hazaiah, Adaiah, Joiarib, anodda Zekariah, all da way back to da guy from Shiloh.
Neh 11.7: Pedaiah, Kolaiah, anodda Ma`aseiah, Itiel, all da way back to Jeshaiah.
Neh 11.17: an pray to God, an His helpa guy was Bakbukiah, an den Abda Shammua
Neh 11.30: So dey wen make house from Beer-sheba to da Hinnom Valley.
Neh 12.9: Wen dey come togedda fo pray to God, all da Levi guys stand one side, an dea helpa guys
Neh 12.27: all da places da Levi ohana guys live, fo bring all a dem to Jerusalem town so erybody can make one big party fo God
Neh 12.31: Half a dem go da right side on top da wall, all da way to da Rubbish Gate.
Neh 12.37: Wen dey come to da Fountain Gate, dey go strait up da steps on top da wall
Neh 12.37: up da steps on top da wall wea da wall go up da hill to David's Town, above David House.
Neh 12.37: Den dey go da eas side to da Watta Gate.
Neh 12.38: I go behin dem wit half da peopo, above da Towa Wit Ovens, to da Wide Wall, above da Efraim Gate an da Ol Gate, an da
Neh 12.39: da Fish Gate an da Hananel Towa an da Towa Fo Da Hundred, to da Sheep Gate, an den we stop by da Security Gate.
Neh 12.44: da bestes stuff dat da peopo cut from da groun an bring to da Temple jalike God's Rules tell so da pries guys can
Neh 13.5: inside dat room dey stay stash da wheat dat da peopo bring to da Temple, an da incense, da spesho dishes, an da ten
Neh 13.5: Cuz God wen tell da peopo fo give all dat to da Levi ohana peopo, an da singa guys, an da security
Neh 13.5: He tell um fo give stuff to da pries guys too.
Neh 13.10: Den I find out da guys in charge a da stuff peopo bring to da Temple, neva give da Levi ohana guys da tings.
Neh 13.11: make dem come togedda and tell erybody wat dea job suppose to be.
Neh 13.13: make shua da guys dat work wit dem get da stuffs fo give to da Levi ohana guys an da prieses.
Neh 13.16: da Res Day dey wen bring fishes an all kine stuff fo sell to da Judah peopo, inside Jerusalem.”
Neh 13.21: I talk mean to dem: “You guys no can do how you stay doing.
Neh 13.30: Levi ohana guys, so dat ery one a dem know wat dey suppose to do.
Neh 13.31: da pries guys wood, fo burn da sacrifices, wen dey suppose to make sacrifice.
Est 1.1: da 127 districks dat get dea own local govmen, from India to Sudan.
Est 1.5: Susa town wit da strong walls, from da mos importan peopo to da regula peopo.
Est 1.6: linen cloth, an get white an purple linen rope fo tie um to silva rings on top marble stone poses.
Est 1.13: Da king go talk to da guys dat undastan eryting bout wass happening, cuz he
Est 1.14: Dey da ony ones can go talk to da king weneva dey like, an dey stay da main leadas fo da
Est 1.17: hear wat da queen wen do, an dey goin tink dey can make to dea husbans jalike dey no need lissen to dem.
Est 1.17: tink dey can make to dea husbans jalike dey no need lissen to dem.
Est 1.18: who stay hear awready wat da queen wen do, dey goin talk to all da ali`i guys lidat too.
Est 1.20: show respeck fo dea husbands, from da mos important one to da one dat not importan.
Est 2.8: Da palace peopo take Esther to da King's palace an make Hegai stay in charge a her too.
Est 2.9: He move Esther an her wahines to da bestes place inside wea all da wahines stay.
Est 2.11: da wahines stay, fo find out how Esther an wat stay happen to her.
Est 2.13: Dey can take wateva dey like from da wahine place to da king's palace.
Est 2.14: almos come, dey go ova dea, an in da morning come back to one diffren place wea da king's odda wifes stay.
Est 2.16: Az wen dey take Esther to King Xerxes palace.
Est 3.1: dese tings wen happen, King Xerxes wen give plenny powa to Haman, Hammedata's boy.
Est 3.4: Ery day dey aks Mordecai dat, but he still yet no lissen to dem.
Est 3.9: An I goin give 375 ton silva to da guys dat take care da king's money, fo give to da ones
Est 3.9: silva to da guys dat take care da king's money, fo give to da ones dat kill da Jews.
Est 3.10: take off his ring dat he use fo stamp papers, an give um to Haman, Hammedata's boy, from Agag side, da guy dat hate da
Est 3.11: tell Haman, “No worry bout da money, an make how you like to dose peopo.
Est 3.13: Da tings dey wen write, dey give um to da messenja guys, an dey run um to all da king's
Est 3.13: wen write, dey give um to da messenja guys, an dey run um to all da king's districks.
Est 3.14: Inside ery districk, an fo ery peopo, dey suppose to make one copy a wat da rule say, an make um da rule fo ery
Est 4.1: Wen Mordecai wen find out bout eryting Haman guys goin do to da Jewish peopo, he broke his clotheses, an put on burmbag
Est 4.7: Den Mordecai tell Hatak eryting dat wen happen to him, an how plenny money Haman promise fo pay da peopo dat
Est 4.8: Mordecai tell Hatak, “Show dis to Esther.
Est 4.11: Da ony time dey no gotta mahke, if he put out his gold rod to dem.
Est 5.2: da yard, he like see her, an he hold his gold rod out to her dat was inside his hand.
Est 5.3: Even if you aks fo half a eryting I get, I goin give um to you.
Est 5.6: I goin give um to you, even half da stuff I get.
Est 5.11: Haman talk big to dem bout all his rich stuffs, bout all his boys, an how da
Est 5.13: But dat no mean notting to me!
Est 5.14: Den go wit da king to da dinna, an you can feel good inside.”
Est 6.3: Afta da king hear dis, he aks, “How we wen show respeck to Mordecai fo do dis?
Est 6.9: Den give da robe an da horse to one a da king's bestes ali`i fo put da robe on top da guy
Est 6.13: tell his wife Zeresh an his friends eryting dat wen happen to him.
Est 6.14: no can make kids, dey come fo take Haman away quick time to da big dinna Esther wen make.
Est 7.2: I goin give um to you.
Est 7.2: I give um to you, even half a eryting I get.
Est 7.8: Den da king come back from da palace garden to da place wea Esther make da dinna.
Est 8.2: his papers, dat he wen take back from Haman, an give um to Mordecai.
Est 8.3: One mo time Esther talk to da king.
Est 8.4: Den da king put out his hand wit da gold rod to Esther, an den she stand up in front him.
Est 8.7: my guys hang Haman awready, an I give his house an land to you, Esther.
Est 8.9: Dey write eryting Mordecai wen tell um fo say to da Jews, an da leadas, govna guys, an ali`i fo all da 127
Est 8.9: govna guys, an ali`i fo all da 127 districks from India to Sudan.”
Est 8.13: Dey send one copy a dis rule to ery districk, an tell um to ery peopo, so da Jews can stay
Est 8.13: Dey send one copy a dis rule to ery districk, an tell um to ery peopo, so da Jews can stay get ready dat day, fo fight
Est 9.2: stay king, fo go agains da guys dat like do bad tings to dem.
Est 9.5: fo kill all da guys dat hate dem, an dey do wat dey like to dose guys.
Est 9.12: Wateva you aks, I give um to you!
Est 9.19: day fo feel good inside, wen dey make party an give food to each odda fo gifs.
Est 9.20: He send lettas to da Jews inside all da districks wea Xerxes stay king, near
Est 9.22: write dem fo rememba dose days an fo give food gifs to each odda an to da peopo dat no mo notting.
Est 9.22: fo rememba dose days an fo give food gifs to each odda an to da peopo dat no mo notting.
Est 9.23: make holiday ery year afta dat, jalike Mordecai wen write to dem.
Est 9.25: But wen da king find out wat Haman was goin do to da Jews, da king write down fo his guys dat wat Haman wen
Est 9.25: down fo his guys dat wat Haman wen plan, goin come back to him, an fo da king's guys hang Haman an his boys.
Est 9.26: write, an cuz a eryting da Jews wen see, dat wen happen to dem, da Jews start da custom fo dem an dea kids an da ones
Est 9.27: make big party dose two days, jalike Mordecai wen write to dem.”
Est 9.29: So Queen Esther, Abihail's girl, hanai girl to Mordecai da Jew, write anodda letta, dat show dat cuz she
Est 9.30: An had odda lettas dat peopo send to all da Jews inside da 127 districks wea Xerxes stay king,
Est 10.3: Mordecai da Jew stay da numba two guy to King Xerxes.
Est 10.3: He talk to da govmen fo make eryting come good fo all da odda Jews,
Isa 1.15: Wen you guys put up yoa hands fo pray to me I goin look da odda way.
Isa 1.17: da peopo dat need help Fo da bad tings da bad guys do to dem.
Isa 2.6: Dey lissen to da odda peopo from da east side, Babylon side, So now dey
Isa 2.20: Fo go down and show um respeck, Dey goin throw um all away To da bats an da rats.
Isa 3.5: Da young guys goin make any kine to da ol guys Jalike dey own dem an dey hate dem.
head: Yahweh Talk To Da Wahines Inside Jerusalem
Isa 5.11: to da guys Dat get up early in da morning Fo go all out fo da
Isa 6.3: Ery angel guy call to da oddas, “Good an Spesho!
Isa 7.5: Israel peopo an dea king, Remaliah's boy, fo do bad tings to you.
Isa 8.4: Dey goin bring um to da king fo Assyria.
Isa 8.5: One mo time Yahweh talk to me fo tell dis: “Dis Judah peopo stay tink Dat wat I stay
Isa 8.6: dey ony feel good cuz dey wen hear Bout wat goin happen To Rezin da king fo Aram, An to Remaliah's boy da king fo
Isa 8.6: wen hear Bout wat goin happen To Rezin da king fo Aram, An to Remaliah's boy da king fo Israel.
Isa 8.8: Judah land, Dat go all ova da land Till da watta come up to da neck.
Isa 8.16: An den turn um ova to da guys I stay teach, Fo keep inside dea hearts foeva,
Isa 8.19: Peopo goin tell you, “Go by da wahines dat talk to da mahke peopo, an da guys dat know da kine spirit dat
Isa 8.19: No make sense, talk to da mahke peopo, an tink dat goin help da guys dat stay
Isa 8.20: Check out wat dem guys dat lissen to da spirits say.
Isa 8.21: Da peopo goin go all ova da land, one side to da odda side.
Isa 9.1: inside Galilee, nea da road dat go from da Jordan Riva to da Mediterranean Sea.
Isa 9.13: lissen An come sorry fo da bad stuff dey do An come back to da One dat stay bus um up, An still yet dey no like even
Isa 9.16: um go da wrong way, An az how come, da peopo dat lissen to dea leadas, Dey come all mix up an donno wat fo do.
Isa 9.17: Cuz all dem peopo ack jalike God no matta to dem, An still stay do bad kine stuff.
Isa 10.3: Wat peopo you guys goin run to, Fo dem help you guys?
Isa 10.4: Ony one ting you can do -- give up Cuz wat goin happen to you, mo worsa den da prisona guys!
Isa 10.4: top da groun wit da odda mahke bodies, Cuz wat goin happen to you, mo worsa den wat happen to da guys dey kill!
Isa 10.4: Cuz wat goin happen to you, mo worsa den wat happen to da guys dey kill!
Isa 10.11: Now we goin do da same ting to Jerusalem town An da idol kine gods dea.
Isa 11.14: dey goin rush da Filisha peopo on da west side, All da way to da sea, An steal stuff from peopo on da east side.
Isa 13.1: I get heavy kine stuff fo tell bout wat I see goin happen to Babylon.
Isa 13.2: Yell loud to dem.
Isa 13.11: I goin make bad kine stuff happen To da peopo all ova da world Cuz dey ony do bad kine stuff.
Isa 13.14: get no mo nobody dat keep um togedda, Erybody goin go back to dea own peopo.
Isa 13.14: Dey all goin run away to dea own land.
Isa 14.11: People play music fo you, But now, you guys come down to Da Mahke Peopo's Place.
Isa 14.12: God take you an throw you guys down to da earth, No matta befo time you guys strong an bus up all
Isa 14.13: One time you guys wen tink, “I goin go climb up to da sky!
Isa 14.15: But now, God bring you guys down to Da Mahke Peopo's Place, Da mos far part a Da Big Black
Isa 14.19: wen kill wit da sword, same time, Dey go all da way down to da stone inside da Big Black Hole, Dea mahke bodies lay
head: God Tell Wat Goin Happen To Assyria
Isa 15.1: I get heavy kine stuff fo tell bout wat I see goin happen to da Moab peopo: Ony one nite, Ar town goin come wipe out!
Isa 15.2: Da Moab peopo go up to dea temple, An da Dibon peopo go up da sacrifice place on
Isa 15.5: Da peopo from dea run all da way to Zoar town An to Eglat-Shelishiyah.
Isa 15.5: Da peopo from dea run all da way to Zoar town An to Eglat-Shelishiyah.
Isa 15.5: I stay cry, cuz dey go up da way fo go to Luhit, An dey still stay cry wen dey going.
Isa 15.5: I stay cry, cuz on top da road to Horonaim, Da peopo stay yelling An telling bout dea place
Isa 15.8: I stay cry, cuz from one side da Moab land to da odda side, Can hear da peopo crying All da way to
Isa 15.8: land to da odda side, Can hear da peopo crying All da way to Eglayim an Beer-Elim side.
Isa 16.1: dat stay in charge a da Moab land, Inside Sela town, nex to da boonies, Give baby sheeps to Jerusalem, Fo gif, fo show
Isa 16.1: Inside Sela town, nex to da boonies, Give baby sheeps to Jerusalem, Fo gif, fo show you an dem stay da same side.
Isa 16.1: Take um to Zion Hill, Jerusalem side.
Isa 16.8: Befo time, had grape farm all da way to Jazer, An da shoots from da vine go [out] all ova da
Isa 16.8: An da shoots from da vine go [out] all ova da place, To da boonies an all da way down To da odda side a da sea.
Isa 16.8: [out] all ova da place, To da boonies an all da way down To da odda side a da sea.
Isa 17.1: I get heavy kine stuff fo tell bout wat I see goin happen to da Damascus peopo: Look!
Isa 18.2: Go fast to dat odda country far away.
Isa 18.2: To da peopo ova dea, Da tall guys wit smooth skin, Erybody
Isa 18.7: Dey da ones goin bring gifs to Jerusalem town fo him, cuz dass da place fo find out wat
Isa 19.1: I get heavy kine stuff fo tell bout wat I see goin happen to da Egypt peopo: Yahweh stay coming Egypt side, Jalike he
Isa 19.1: Da idol kine gods da Egypt peopo pray to Stay shake in front him.
Isa 19.4: I goin turn ova da Egypt peopo To one mean boss.
Isa 19.11: An da mos smart guys, Dey suppose to tell da Pharaoh guy, dea king, Wat fo do, But dey ony tell
Isa 19.22: Den dey goin come back to Yahweh, an wen dey aks him fo help um, he goin make um
Isa 19.22: Dey goin make strong promise to him an den do wat dey promise fo do.
Isa 19.23: Dat time, goin get one big road go from Egypt to Assyria.
Isa 19.25: He goin say, “I goin make good stuff happen to my peopo, da Egypt peopo, an to da Assyria peopo dat I wen
Isa 19.25: make good stuff happen to my peopo, da Egypt peopo, an to da Assyria peopo dat I wen make, an to da Israel peopo dat
Isa 19.25: da Egypt peopo, an to da Assyria peopo dat I wen make, an to da Israel peopo dat goin be mines foeva!
Isa 20.3: [blow da peopo mind, bout / show da peopo] wat goin happen to da Egypt peopo an da Sudan peopo.
Isa 20.6: If dat wen come to dem, den how us guys goin get outa dis bad kine stuff?
Isa 21.1: Get heavy kine stuff fo tell too, bout wat goin happen to da Babylon land, Da Boonies By Da Sea: “One army go come
Isa 21.11: Somebody stay yell to me From Seir Mountain, Edom side: “You dat stay watch ova
Isa 21.14: land, Go bring watta fo da thirsty peopo, An go take food to da peopo Dat stay run away from Babylon.
Isa 22.1: I get heavy kine stuff fo tell bout wat I see goin happen to da Jerusalem peopo: Dis wat God say bout da place Wit
Isa 22.5: All da way to da mountain, goin hear da peopo yelling.
Isa 23.1: I get heavy kine stuff fo tell bout wat I see goin happen to da Tyre peopo: All you guys inside da boats dat go Spain
Isa 23.6: Run away da odda side da sea, to Spain!”
Isa 23.10: Spain side now, Okay fo you go from one end a yoa land to da odda end, Jalike da Nile River go all ova Egypt, From
Isa 23.10: end, Jalike da Nile River go all ova Egypt, From one end to the odda end, Cuz no mo notting make you stay one place no
Isa 24.11: Da army guys wen take to dea own country Eryting dat wen make da peopo dance an
Isa 25.12: He goin make da wall fall down to da groun, On top da dirt.
Isa 26.5: He make dea wall fall down to da groun, On top da dirt.
Isa 26.16: scold dem fo teach dem, Dey ony can whispa wen dey pray to you.
Isa 27.1: um wit his sword, Da real big an strong sword, An ack mean to dem, Cuz he get mo power den dem, An can wipe um out,
Isa 27.9: Da poses wea dey pray to da wahine god Asherah An da altars wea dey burn da incense
Isa 28.6: guys dat get da job Fo make whoeva like fight dem Go back to da town dey come from, He goin make dem come so dey can
Isa 28.9: How come he stay make to us Jalike us bebes dat jus pau drink milk From dea mudda's
Isa 28.11: Dey no like lissen, God goin send odda peopo fo talk to dem, Army guys from odda place Wit da kine language dey no
Isa 28.11: Still yet, God goin talk to his peopo, Jalike he wen tell um befo, “Dis, da place fo
Isa 28.18: Da promise somebody wen make to you guys Fo no go da Mahke Peopo's Place, No goin work!
Isa 28.26: Cuz da God da farma guys pray to Make shua dey know how fo do um, He show um da right way.
Isa 29.11: If you give um to somebody dat know how fo read, An tell um “Read um fo me,”
Isa 29.12: An if you guys give um to somebody dat donno how fo read, An tell him fo read um, He
Isa 29.21: do someting bad, Da guys dat trap one guy Dat stay talk to da judge, Da guys dat bulai bout one guy dat neva do
Isa 29.23: me respeck Cuz I da Good an Spesho One Dat Jacob wen pray to befo time.
Isa 30.1: to da hard head peopo Dat stay go agains me!
Isa 30.6: peopo (use fo cross da boonies in da Negev, from Judah to Egypt: “Da Judah peopo going thru da Negev land Wea
Isa 30.19: Wen you guys yell to Yahweh fo help you, He goin do um.
Isa 30.28: run fas, Dat no can stay inside da stream, But reach up to da peopo's neck.
Isa 31.1: But dey no go to Yahweh, Da Good an Spesho One fo da Israel peopo.
Isa 31.6: You Israel peopo, go back to Yahweh!
Isa 33.1: you pau wipe out da odda peopos, Den somebody goin do um to you.
Isa 33.19: Dose Assyria guys Dat no care how dey make to you guys, Dose peopo dat talk funny kine An no can
Isa 34.10: From one fadda to anodda fadda, Edom goin stay wit notting ova dea.
Isa 34.11: Ony all kine diffren birds Dat us Jewish peopo not suppose to eat Goin stay dea an make dea nest ova dea.
Isa 34.14: Da wild goats goin call to each odda.
Isa 34.17: To da birds an animals, an dea kids, an dea grankids, Fo dem
Isa 35.10: ones, Yahweh wen pay da price fo dem, Dey goin come back to Mount Zion.
Isa 36.7: down da sacrifice places an da altars wea you guys pray to Yahweh!
Isa 36.11: Shebna, an Joah tell da territorial govna guy, “Talk to us in Aramaic, yoa language, cuz we undastan um.
Isa 36.12: He like tell um to all dese guys dat stay sitting ova dea on top da wall.
Isa 36.13: guy stand up an yell real loud wit da Hebrew language, to da peopo on top da wall, “Lissen up, wat da big king fo
Isa 36.17: Den bumbye, I goin come take you guys to one nodda land jalike yoa own land, one place wit plenny
Isa 36.21: wen tell dem befo time, “Ony lissen an no talk back to him.
Isa 37.11: hear wat us king guys Assyria side an oua army guys wen do to all da odda countries.’
Isa 37.11: We wipe um all out, fo give dea land to oua god.
Isa 37.14: Hezekiah read da letta from da messenja guys, he go up to da Temple Fo Yahweh.
Isa 37.15: Den Hezekiah pray to Yahweh: “Yahweh!
Isa 37.21: Den Isaiah, Amoz boy, send dis letta to Hezekiah: Dis da ting Yahweh, da God fo da Israel peopo,
Isa 37.21: da God fo da Israel peopo, tell me: “Cuz you wen pray to me bout Sennakerib, da Assyria king, Dis wat I tell agains
Isa 37.24: I can go on top a da high mountains, To da mos far part a da Lebanon mountains, Fo cut down da mos
Isa 37.24: Me, I da kine guy can go all da way to da end A da mos high places, Da forest wea da bestes tree
Isa 37.35: I goin do all dat fo me An fo da promise I wen make to King David, my worka guy.
Isa 37.38: Den dey run away to da Ararat land.
Isa 38.2: Hezekiah turn his whole body fo face da wall, an he pray to Yahweh, “Auwe, Yahweh!
Isa 38.6: I no goin let da Assyria king do notting bad to you o da peopo inside Jerusalem town.
Isa 38.14: I try fo look up da sky to you, But my eyes too tired, I can ony look down.
Isa 38.15: Cuz God wen make promise to me, An he da One wen do, Wat he tell he goin do.”
Isa 39.6: wen put away till now, da Babylon guys goin take um all to Babylon.
head: God Give Good Kine Words To His Peopo
Isa 40.2: You guys, talk to da Jerusalem peopo An tell all dem, So dey feel good
Isa 40.11: in his arm, An carry dem on top his chest, An show da way to da mudda sheeps So dey can go res.
Isa 40.17: bout dem, He know dey no worth notting, Jalike dey notting to him.
Isa 40.20: no mo nuff fo pay fo dat kine statue Fo make one gif to his god, He go find da kine wood dat no goin rot.
Isa 40.27: How come you guys tell, ‘Yahweh no can see wat stay happen to me!
Isa 41.7: shape da metal Fo make one idol kine god, Wen he give idol to da guy dat put da gold on top da idol, He give good kine
Isa 41.7: guy dat put da gold on top da idol, He give good kine word to da guy.
Isa 41.7: da hammer Fo make da gold come smooth, Wen he give da idol to da guy dat pound da anvil, He give good kine word too.’
Isa 41.21: da peopo dat come from Jacob, he tell, “You peopo dat pray to da idol kine gods, I da Judge.
Isa 41.27: I da firs One send one messenja guy to da Jerusalem peopo, Fo tell dem good kine stuff.
Isa 42.19: Dey suppose to work fo me, But dey no see notting.
Isa 42.24: Dey no like lissen to his Rules.
Isa 43.4: weneva I tink bout you guys, I see dat you worth plenny to me.
Isa 43.20: An streams wea nobody live, Fo give watta fo drink to my peopo, Da ones I wen pick.
Isa 44.11: All da ones dat stay pray To da idol kine gods, Dey goin come plenny shame.
Isa 44.17: He show um love an respeck, An pray to um.
Isa 44.25: I turn aroun da stuff Dat da guys dat suppose to know wat fo do, talk bout, An I make eryting dey know Show
Isa 45.6: I do um so dat all ova da world, From wea da sun come up To wea da sun go down, Peopo goin know dat no mo odda God.
Isa 45.20: Dey pray to da kine gods Dat no can get dem outa trouble.
Isa 45.21: Eh, you guys dat pray to da wood kine gods!
Isa 46.3: “Lissen to me, you Jacob peopo, An all you Israel peopo Dat still
Isa 46.6: Den dey go down wit dea face on top da groun An pray to um.
Isa 46.7: carry da idol kine god up on top dea shoulder, An take um to da place dey goin put um.
Isa 46.7: Somebody call to um, but da idol no can talk.
Isa 46.12: Lissen to me, you hard head guys, You guys dat no even like try Fo
Isa 47.6: An go make to my own peopo Jalike dey no stay spesho fo me.
Isa 47.6: I wen give my peopo to you Babylon guys, An you neva even give dem chance.
Isa 47.11: Real bad stuff goin happen to you Babylon guys bumbye, But you no even goin know Wat
Isa 47.13: Ony wase time you guys fo lissen To all da diffren peopo like tell you wat fo do.
Isa 48.1: You tell da God Israel wen pray to Fo make shua you do wat you wen promise.
Isa 48.10: An you know wat I stay do to you?
Isa 48.16: Come nea me, you guys, An lissen to dis.
Isa 48.20: Make da peopo hear dis All da way to da mos far place on top da earth!
Isa 49.1: You peopo inside da islands, lissen to me!
Isa 49.8: fields wea nobody work um long time, I goin give um back to da ohanas dat own um.
Isa 49.20: Bumbye you Jerusalem peopo goin hear dem, Talking plenny to each odda.
Isa 49.22: I goin put up my hand To da peopo inside da odda countries, An put up my flag Fo
Isa 49.26: I da Strong God, da One Jacob pray to.
Isa 50.1: You tink I owe somebody money An I sell you guys to dem fo pay dem, An az why now you dea slave?
Isa 50.4: He wake me up ery day morning time An make me lissen to him real good, Jalike da peopo dat study plenny.
Isa 51.1: Yahweh tell: “Lissen to me, You guys dat like do da right kine stuff, An like know
Isa 51.4: Yahweh tell, “Lissen to me, all my peopo!’
Isa 51.4: Cuz I goin give my Rules to all da peopos, An wat I tell cuz I da Judge, Goin show all
Isa 51.6: Look up to da sky.
Isa 51.7: “Lissen to me, you guys dat know wass right.
Isa 51.7: No lose fight if dey talk any kine to you guys!
Isa 51.19: Dese two bad tings wen happen To you Jerusalem guys, No mo nobody fo help you Fo wat wen
Isa 52.3: dis, da spesho message from Yahweh: “I wen sell you guys to da Babylon peopo An dey neva pay me notting fo you guys.
Isa 52.12: Cuz da God yoa ancesta guy Israel pray to, Yahweh, he goin go wit you guys.
Isa 52.13: My worka guy, He do wat he suppose to do.
Isa 55.2: You guys gotta lissen to me!
Isa 55.5: da peopo in da odda countries Dat donno you, Dey goin run to you.
Isa 55.7: Mo betta, dey turn back to Yahweh, Cuz he goin show pity fo dem.
Isa 55.7: Wen dey turn back to oua God, He goin do plenny fo let dem go Fo wat dey wen do
Isa 56.7: wit my peopo, Dey da peopo I goin bring Jerusalem side, To da mountain dat stay spesho fo me.
Isa 56.10: Da guys dat stay lead my peopo, Dey all suppose to be watcha guys, But dey no can see, jalike dey blind.
Isa 56.11: But same time, dey da ones Dat suppose to take care da peopo Jalike da guys dat take care da sheeps,
Isa 57.3: guys, dey stay fool aroun Wit wahines dey not married to!
Isa 57.6: Wen I tink bout all dis stuff, You guys tink I suppose to feel good bout wat you do?
Isa 57.9: far way Fo find new idol kine gods -- Even far, like down to da Mahke Peopo Place!
Isa 58.3: You guys even make any kine to all yoa worka guys.
Isa 58.14: fo eat, From da same land Dat I wen make promise Fo give to yoa ancesta Jacob.
Isa 59.13: We tell peopo az okay Fo make any kine to odda peopo An go agains odda peopo.
Isa 60.8: Jalike da doves dat stay fly to da puka in dea house?
Isa 60.14: Get peopo befo time Dat wen make any kine to you guys, Dea kids goin come by you guys An go down in
head: Da Year Yahweh Make Good To Da Peopo
Isa 61.1: He send me fo tell good kine stuff To da peopo dat odda peopo tink not importan, An fo help da
Isa 61.1: inside one mo time, Fo tell da ones da army guys wen take to dea own country, Dey can go home now, An fo tell all da
Isa 61.2: Fo tell, “Dis, da year Yahweh goin make good to his peopo, An dis da time oua God goin pay back da bad
Isa 61.2: He send me fo give good kine words To erybody dat stay sore inside.
Isa 62.2: Yahweh goin give um to you guys.
Isa 62.6: You guys dat stay pray to Yahweh Fo no foget wat he wen promise fo do, No res o go
head: Tell Good Stuff Bout Yahweh An Pray To Him
Isa 63.14: Den me, Isaiah, I pray to Yahweh: “Az how was, da time you wen lead yoa peopo, An
Isa 65.2: “All day, I put out my hand To [one / da] peopo dat stay go agains me.
Isa 65.3: Dey make sacrifice to da idol kine gods inside dea gardens.
Isa 65.12: Cuz I wen yell to you guys, but you neva answa.
Isa 65.15: I goin kill you odda Israel guys, An give one diffren name to my worka guys.
Isa 65.23: Dey no goin born kids an bad kine stuff happen to da kids.
Isa 66.2: “I tell you, wat kine guys I like lissen to!”
Isa 66.4: I goin make tings happen to dem Dat dey stay scared awready goin happen.
Isa 66.4: An wen I wen talk to dem, No mo nobody lissen.
Isa 66.5: guys dat stay scared an shaking wen Yahweh talk, Lissen to wat he tell: “Da odda Israel guys dat hate you guys, Dey
Isa 66.7: Even befo da labor pain even come to her, She get one boy!
Isa 66.19: Den I goin send some a da peopo dat still yet stay alive to da odda countries: to Spain, an Pul, an Lud (wea get
Isa 66.19: a da peopo dat still yet stay alive to da odda countries: to Spain, an Pul, an Lud (wea get plenny guys dat know how fo
Isa 66.19: Dey even going to islands dat stay far away, wea da peopo dea neva hear bout
Isa 66.20: send, goin bring all yoa brudda guys from all da countries to Jerusalem, da mountain dat stay spesho fo me.
Dan 1.2: Dey take um Babylon side to dea temple fo dea god, an put um inside da store house fo
Dan 1.4: Ashpenaz suppose to bring young guys dat no mo notting wrong wit dea body,
Dan 1.5: Da teacha guys suppose to teach dem fo three years, an afta dat, dey get job working
Dan 1.7: To Daniel, he give da name Belteshazzar.
Dan 1.11: Den Daniel talk to da luna guy dat Ashpenaz wen put in charge a him,
Dan 1.13: Den you can make to us guys how you like, from da way you see us.
Dan 1.20: dreams mean, o dat can stop da bad kine tings dat happen to you wen somebody put kahuna on top you.
Dan 2.2: da ones dat know how fo stop da bad kine stuff dat happen to you wen somebody put kahuna on top you, an oddas dat know
Dan 2.2: Dey suppose to know wat he wen dream.
Dan 2.10: eva wen make his guys tell wat he wen dream befo, not even to his guys dat know wat da dreams mean, o dat can stop bad
Dan 2.14: fo kill all da smart guys inside Babylon, wen Daniel talk to him.
Dan 2.14: how fo help peopo tink, an he pick da bestes way fo talk to Aryok.
Dan 2.15: How come dis bad ting you goin do to da smart guys, come from da King?
Dan 2.18: Daniel aks dem fo pray to God Inside Da Sky fo give dem chance an show dem da secret
Dan 2.27: guys dat know how fo stop da bad kine stuff dat can happen to you wen somebody put kahuna on top you, o dat know how fo
Dan 2.30: An was to me, dat God wen show da secret awready, fo wat da dream
Dan 2.46: He tell his guys fo give wheat an barley an incense to Daniel, so Daniel can make sacrifice to God.”
Dan 2.46: barley an incense to Daniel, so Daniel can make sacrifice to God.”
Dan 3.22: wen he tell his guys fo make da oven fire place mo hot to da max.
Dan 3.28: tings bout da God dat Shadrak, Meshak, an Abednego pray to.
Dan 3.29: respeck fo da God dat Shadrak, Meshak, an Abednego pray to, I goin tell my worka guys fo cut off dea arms an legs, an
Dan 4.1: I write dis letta to all you diffren peopos from ery country an ery language,
Dan 4.7: da guys dat know how fo stop da bad kine stuff dat happen to you wen somebody put kahuna on top you, an da Chaldea guys
Dan 4.15: Let da same ting happen to him, Jalike how da animals Dat stay live in da grass on
Dan 4.27: out all da tings you wen do fo go agains God, an make good to da peopo dat suffa plenny.
Dan 4.28: All dis kine stuff wen happen to King Nebukadnezzar.
Dan 4.34: da seven year, me, Nebukadnezzar da King, wen look up to da One inside da sky.
Dan 5.17: keep dis stuff fo yoaself an give wateva you like pay me to odda guys.
Dan 5.28: dat God half half da land wea you stay king, an give um to da Mede peopo an da Persia peopo.
Dan 6.7: Dis da rule: dat da peopo gotta pray to you, da king.
Dan 6.7: Whoeva pray to one nodda god o one nodda guy, fo da nex thirty days,
Dan 6.9: tell him, King Darius sign da paypa dat say ony can pray to da king.
Dan 6.12: dat fo thirty days, whoeva no pray ony to you da King, but pray to anodda god o anodda guy, yoa guys
Dan 6.12: thirty days, whoeva no pray ony to you da King, but pray to anodda god o anodda guy, yoa guys goin throw um inside da
Dan 6.13: da Babylon peopo wen bring hea from Judah, he no lissen to you, o da rule you wen write, an you da King!
Dan 6.22: An I neva do notting wrong to you too, King Darius.
Dan 8.7: An no mo notting can stop da goat fo make lidat to da boy kine sheep.
Dan 8.8: Den on top dat place, four horns grow up to da four winds inside da sky.
Dan 8.9: He grow to da south an da east, an to da Nice Looking Land.
Dan 8.9: He grow to da south an da east, an to da Nice Looking Land.
Dan 8.10: Da new horn grow, an reach all da way up to wea can beef da army inside da sky.
Dan 8.12: stuff an fo stop da sacrifice dat da pries guys suppose to make ery day.
Dan 8.13: bout da sacrifice da prieses suppose to make ery day?
Dan 8.18: Wen he stay talk to me, I go sleep, wit my face on top da groun.
Dan 9.5: Us guys do da kine stuff we not suppose to do.
Dan 9.6: Dey wen talk to oua king guys, oua leada guys, an oua ancesta guys, an all
Dan 9.11: All dat bad stuff stay happen to us, cuz we do bad kine stuff agains you.
Dan 9.12: no mo nobody eva do notting lidis befo, jalike you wen do to Jerusalem.
Dan 9.13: write inside da rules, all dis bad kine stuff wen happen to us guys.
Dan 9.13: But still yet we no come back to you, oua God Yahweh, an stop fo do da bad kine stuff we
Dan 9.15: We no do how we suppose to do.
Dan 9.17: “But God, I yoa worka guy, an I stay pray to you an aks you fo lissen me.
Dan 10.1: fo Persia, God give one message dat was secret befo time, to Daniel (da guy anodda king wen call Belteshazzar).
Dan 10.14: Now, I stay come hea fo help you undastan wat goin happen to yoa peopo long time from now.
Dan 10.17: Boss, I yoa worka guy, but I no can even talk to you now!
Dan 10.19: Wen he talk to me, I come mo strong.
Dan 10.19: I tell, “Boss, talk to me now, cuz you make me come strong.”
Dan 11.10: Dey goin fight all da way to da main place wit strong walls, wea da Egypt king stay.
Dan 11.19: So afta dis, da Syria king goin back to da strong walls inside his own land.
Dan 11.23: He goin make all kine promise to da peopo fo help dem, an dey goin make promise fo help
Dan 11.27: But inside dem, dey stay plan fo do bad kine stuff to each odda.
Dan 11.30: Wen he stay go home, he goin make nice an lissen to da peopo dat no like God's spesho deal.
Dan 11.31: Dey no goin let da pries guys make sacrifices dey suppose to make ery day.
Dan 11.31: da place dat stay spesho fo Yahweh, so nobody can pray to Yahweh dea no moa.
Dan 11.32: Da Syria king goin make nice to da peopo dat awready wen go agains God's deal, fo make dem
Dan 11.34: Wen all dis stuff happen to da Jewish leada guys, goin get peopo dat help dem litto
Dan 11.35: Goin stay lidis all da way to jus da right time.
Dan 11.37: no goin show respeck fo da gods his ancesta guys wen pray to, o fo da god da wahines like.
Dan 12.7: dat stay ova da watta inside da river, lift his two hands to da sky.
Amo 1.1: wen see someting jalike one dream, bout wat goin happen to da Israel peopo.
Amo 1.6: Dey wen catch one whole peopo An sell um to da Edom peopo fo be dea slaves.
Amo 1.9: Dey wen sell one whole peopo to da Edom peopo, Cuz dey neva like do da right ting fo dea
Amo 2.1: Dey wen make stink to da king fo da Edom peopo, Cuz dey wen dig up his body an
Amo 2.8: down On top da clotheses dat odda peopo wen leave dea Nex to da alta fo sacrifice, Till da peopo can pay back wat dey
Amo 2.10: Was me dat wen bring you guys Outa da Egypt land to dis side.
Amo 3.1: I talking fo God, cuz Yahweh telling dis to you guys, da whole ohana dat he wen bring hea from Egypt
Amo 3.9: dat town dass all jam up, Da way dose guys all ack mean to each odda!
Amo 4.1: You wahines give hard time to da peopo dat no mo powa An you make any kine to da peopo
Amo 4.1: hard time to da peopo dat no mo powa An you make any kine to da peopo dat no mo notting.
Amo 4.4: dea, nex day morning time, Take da animal fo da sacrifice to da pries guy.
Amo 4.4: Da day afta dat, take da ten percent you suppose to give God.
Amo 4.5: Burn some a da bread you suppose to sacrifice Fo tell God “Mahalo plenny!
Amo 4.6: say: “Was me dat wen make da peopo inside ery town hungry to da max!’
Amo 4.8: dey gotta stagga to one nodda town Fo try get watta fo drink, But dey no can
Amo 4.12: “Cuz a dat, I goin make all kine bad kine tings happen to you Israel peopo, Jalike I wen tell you guys awready.”
Amo 5.3: out fo fight from one nodda town, Ony ten goin come back to dea Israel ohana.
Amo 5.10: Anybody dat talk strait in front da judge, You guys make to dem jalike dey junk.
Amo 5.15: maybe Yahweh, da God Fo All Da Armies, Bumbye give chance to da litto bit peopo Dat goin stay alive still yet From yoa
Amo 5.18: Wat you guys tink goin happen to you Wen Yahweh come back, aah?
Amo 5.26: Dem, da idol kine gods you guys pray to, Dat you wen make fo yoa own self.
Amo 6.3: You tink goin be long time Befo bad tings goin happen to you guys!
Amo 6.8: Dea main town, an da peopo inside, I goin give all a dem To da guys dat stay agains um.
Amo 6.10: Dat ohana guy goin go inside da house an yell to whoeva stay inside da back a da house, “Hui!
Amo 6.12: shua dey no can, Cuz you guys make stink kine stuff happen to dem!
Amo 6.14: guys, an chase you all da way From Hamat Pass, north side, To da Arabah Valley, south side!
Amo 7.7: He stay standing dea nex to one wall.
Amo 7.12: Amaziah wen go talk to Amos too.’-”
Amo 7.16: Now, you gotta lissen to wat Yahweh say.’
head: Wat Happen To Da Talka Fo God
Amo 8.4: You rich guys, you betta lissen to dis!
Amo 8.5: Cuz da measure us guys use, Goin be mo small den suppose to be.
Amo 8.5: We goin take da money from da peopo Fo mo den wat suppose to be wort.
Amo 8.12: Dey goin go aroun from one sea to da odda sea, an from da nort side to da east side.
Amo 8.12: go aroun from one sea to da odda sea, an from da nort side to da east side.
Amo 8.14: dey aks da pilau idol kine god dat da Samaria peopo pray to, fo wipe dem out if dey no do wat dey promise!’
Amo 8.14: I shua dat da idol kine god dat da Dan ohana peopo pray to, stay alive!
Amo 8.14: O ‘jalike I shua dat da idol kine god we go pray to Beersheba side, stay alive!
Amo 9.2: No matta dey go up to da sky, I goin pull um back down from dea.
Amo 9.4: stay agains um make dem come prisonas An walk all da way to anodda country, I goin tell da peopo ova dea fo kill um
Amo 9.4: I goin watch fo make shua dat bad tings happen to dem, Not good tings.
Amo 9.6: Fo shua, I no make diffren to you guys An to da peopo from da Sudan land!
Amo 9.6: Fo shua, I no make diffren to you guys An to da peopo from da Sudan land!
Amo 9.9: shake one straina An all da good stuff no fall down to da ground.
Amo 9.10: Dey da ones dat say, ‘Notting bad goin happen to us guys!
Jon 1.5: Ery one a dem wen yell fo help to dea own gods.
Jon 1.7: da guy dat wen make one god mad, an make dis bad ting come to us guys.
Jon 1.8: You da guy dat wen make dis bad ting come to us guys.
Jon 1.11: Wat we gotta do to you, so yoa god make da sea come quiet aroun us guys?
Jon 1.12: Cuz I know dis big storm wen come to you guys cuz a me.
Jon 1.13: Da saila guys, dey try firs fo row da boat back to da land.
Jon 1.14: Den dey wen yell fo help to Jonah's god Yahweh.
Jon 1.16: So dey wen kill one animal fo make sacrifice to him, an dey make plenny serious kine promise, wat dey goin
head: Jonah Pray To God
Jon 2.1: Wen Jonah stay inside da fish, he wen go pray to his God Yahweh.
Jon 2.2: He say: “Wen I get plenny trouble, I yell out to you, Yahweh, fo help me, An you help me.
Jon 2.2: I yell fo help, An you lissen to me.
Jon 2.6: me, Big seaweed wen wrap aroun my head, I wen go down to wea da mountains stand, on top da ocean bottom.’
Jon 2.6: Jalike I go down to da Mahke Peopo Place, Dat get lock fo keep me inside, An I
Jon 2.7: I wen pray hard to you Ova dea wea you stay inside da Temple dass spesho fo
Jon 3.1: One mo time Yahweh talk to Jonah.
Jon 3.8: Erybody gotta go all out fo yell fo help to God.
Jon 3.10: kine tings, he wen change his mind bout doing bad tings to dem, da way he wen say befo time dat he was goin do.
Jon 3.10: Cuz a dat, he neva do notting bad to dem.”
Jon 4.2: Jonah wen pray to Yahweh lidis: “Auwe, Yahweh!
Jon 4.10: Still yet, you neva like see notting bad happen to dat plant, yeah?
Jon 4.11: dass good, o no good, cuz I no like see notting bad happen to all da peopo inside dat big town Nineveh?
Mal 1.1: He tell dat me, Malakai, I da messenja guy dat suppose to tell da Israel peopo bout Yahweh.
Mal 1.2: Yahweh say dis to you guys: “I get love an aloha fo you guys.
head: Da Pries Guys, Dey Suppose To Respeck Yahweh
Mal 1.6: Da kids, dey suppose to get respeck fo dea fadda guys, yeah?
Mal 1.6: An da worka guys, dey suppose to get respeck fo dea boss guys.
Mal 1.7: Same time, you guys aks me, ‘How we make pilau kine to you?”
Mal 1.7: I tell you how you make pilau kine to me.
Mal 1.8: You tink he goin like lissen to you?
Mal 1.9: But now, beg me fo make good to you guys, an maybe I give you guys chance, no matta you
Mal 1.11: “All ova, from wea da sun come up to wea da sun go down, all da peopos know my name importan.
Mal 1.13: da kine animals dat da wild animals rip up, an give um to me fo one sacrifice.’
Mal 1.14: But I tell, one guy make one promise fo make one sacrifice to my Boss befo time.”
Mal 2.4: You guys know wat you suppose to do awready.
Mal 2.11: dey even go marry Da wahines dat show love an respeck to da gods from da odda places.
Mal 3.5: dat no mo fadda o mudda, An da ones dat give hard time to da peopo from odda place.
Mal 3.7: An I goin come back to you guys!
Mal 3.15: push God fo see if he goin punish dem, notting bad happen to dem!’
head: God Give Chance To Da Peopo Dat Do Da Right Ting
Mal 4.5: An one mo ting I goin do, I goin send Elijah to you guys, Da guy dat wen talk fo me befo time.
Mat 1.2: Get fourteen faddas from Abraham to David: Abraham, he Isaac fadda.
Mat 1.19: do da right ting everytime, an he no like make her shame to da peopo.
Mat 2.4: pries guys an all da teacha guys who teach God's Rules to da peopo.
Mat 2.11: Den dey take out dea rich stuffs, an give um to Jesus.
Mat 3.13: Dat time, Jesus come from Galilee side to da Jordan River wea John stay, so John can baptize him.
Mat 4.1: Afta dat, God's Spirit take Jesus to da boonies, so da main Devil can try presha him make um do
Mat 4.4: say, ‘No mo nobody dat can live ony on food, Gotta lissen to everyting God say, Fo live fo real kine.
Mat 4.5: Den da Devil take him to Jerusalem, da town dat stay spesho fo God, an make him go
Mat 4.10: say, ‘Gotta go down on yoa knees An give plenny respeck to God yoa Boss, An live an work ony fo him.”
Mat 4.15: long time ago: “Zebulun side, Naftali side, On top da road to da lake, da odda side Jordan River, Galilee side wea get
Mat 5.11: “You guys can stay good inside wen dey talk bad to you guys, an make you guys suffa, an dey talk any kine
Mat 5.22: gotta go to da Hell fire.
Mat 5.23: rememba yoa brudda huhu wit you cuz you wen do someting to him, leave yoa gif ova dea, an go make good to yoa
Mat 5.24: do someting to him, leave yoa gif ova dea, an go make good to yoa brudda.’
Mat 5.24: Den you can go back an give yoa gif to da Boss.
Mat 5.25: If you no do dat, dey goin give you to da judge, an he goin give you to da police, an dey goin
Mat 5.25: do dat, dey goin give you to da judge, an he goin give you to da police, an dey goin put you inside jail.
Mat 5.31: wife, gotta write um down on one divorce paper an give um to her.
Mat 5.34: I tell you guys dis: No go say, ‘I swear to God.’
Mat 5.47: If you guys say ‘Howzit’ ony to yoa bruddas, you tink you spesho, o wat?
Mat 5.47: peopos all ova da world dat donno God, dey say ‘Howzit’ to dea bruddas too.
head: Give To Da Guys Dat No Mo Notting
Mat 6.2: “Wen you guys give money to da guys dat no mo notting, no make big show jalike da guys
Mat 6.3: “So you guys, wen you give money to da guys dat no mo notting, no tell nobody.
Mat 6.6: Den pray to yoa Fadda.
Mat 6.7: Dey tink God goin lissen to dem cuz dey say so plenny stuff wen dey pray.
Mat 6.12: our shame, an let us go Fo all da kine bad stuff we do to you, Jalike us guys let da odda guys go awready, An we no
Mat 6.12: An we no stay huhu wit dem Fo all da kine bad stuff dey do to us.
Mat 6.14: if you let da odda guys go afta dey do bad kine stuff to you, den yoa Fadda up dea inside da sky goin let you guys
Mat 6.15: if you no let da odda guys go afta dey do bad kine stuff to you, den yoa Fadda no goin let you guys go, an he no goin
Mat 6.24: He goin like lissen to one boss an hate da odda.
Mat 7.6: “No give stuff dat stay spesho fo God to da guys dat goin talk stink bout um an goin waste um.
Mat 7.11: good, still yet you guys know how fo give good kine stuffs to yoa kids.
Mat 7.11: shua den, yoa Fadda in da sky goin give good kine stuffs to da peopo dat aks him.
Mat 7.12: So, wateva you guys like peopo do to you guys bumbye, make lidat to dem, same ting, now.
Mat 7.12: you guys like peopo do to you guys bumbye, make lidat to dem, same ting, now.
Mat 7.13: Dass da gate fo da road fo take you to Hell, an get plenny guys going dat way.
Mat 7.14: Dass da one fo bring you to God who goin make you live fo real kine, an ony litto bit
Mat 8.12: But goin get odda guys, God suppose to be dea King, but dey no like um.
Mat 8.29: dey yelling, “Wat you like do to us, Jesus?
Mat 9.13: Hosea wen say befo time, ‘I like my peopo give chance to each odda.”
Mat 9.18: He stay talking to dem, an one leada guy wen go dea an go down in front
head: Wat Da Twelve Guys Suppose to Do
Mat 10.10: clothes, o slippas, o walking stick; cuz da peopo suppose to give da worka guy wat he need.
Mat 10.34: “No tink dat I come hea to dis world fo make everybody come friends an no fight.
Mat 11.2: So John wen go send his guys fo talk to Jesus.
Mat 11.3: Dey aks him, “Eh, you da guy suppose to come, o wat?)
Mat 11.3: O we suppose to wait fo one nodda guy fo come?
Mat 11.16: dat stay sitting inside da open market place, an yelling to dea friends, ‘Eh!
Mat 11.25: Mahalo plenny, eh, cuz you show dis kine stuff to da kids an hide um from da smart guys dat know plenny.
Mat 12.2: but still yet dey stay doing da kine stuff dey not suppose to do on da Rest Day!
Mat 12.4: But David, he eat um, an he give um to his guys too cuz dey hungry, an dass okay.
Mat 12.7: Da Bible say, ‘I like my peopo make good to each odda an give each odda chance.
Mat 12.20: um out, Till bumbye he make everybody do how dey suppose to.
Mat 12.44: Den he say, ‘Eh, mo betta I go back to da place I wen stay befo.
Mat 12.45: seven mo spirits dat mo worse den him, an dey all go back to da guy, an take um ova one mo time.’
Mat 12.46: Wen Jesus stay talking to da peopo, had his mudda an brudda guys ova dea too,
Mat 12.46: Dey like talk to him.
Mat 12.47: yoa mudda an yoa bruddas, dey outside, an dey like talk to you.
Mat 12.49: Den he poin to da guys he teaching, an he say, “Dese guys, dey my mudda
Mat 14.4: Cuz John wen tell him, “God's Rules say, ‘You not suppose to take yoa brudda's wife.
Mat 14.7: He tell her, “Wateva you like, I swear to God I goin give um to you.
Mat 14.7: tell her, “Wateva you like, I swear to God I goin give um to you.
Mat 14.9: But he wen swear to God in front all his friends, so he tell his guys, “Go do
Mat 14.11: Dey put his head on top da big plate, an give um to da girl.”
Mat 14.11: Den she wen take um to her mudda.
Mat 14.13: Wen Jesus find out wat happen to John, he go inside one boat fo go one place wea nobody
Mat 14.18: He say, “Give um to me.
Mat 14.19: He take da five breads an da two fishes, an look up to da sky, an say, “Eh God!
Mat 14.19: He broke da bread, an give um to his guys, an da guys give good piece bread to all da
Mat 14.19: an give um to his guys, an da guys give good piece bread to all da peopo.
Mat 15.5: no goin use um fo help you guys, cuz bumbye I goin give um to da temple.’
Mat 15.9: Dey go down an pray to me, But dey ony wase time, Cuz dey no mo love an respeck
Mat 15.26: say, “No good take da food from da kids an throw um down to da dogs.”
Mat 15.31: He da same God dat our ancesta guy Israel wen pray to, an he awesome!
Mat 15.36: Den he broke um, an give um to his guys.
Mat 15.36: Dey give um to all da peopo.
Mat 16.4: Da same ting jalike wen happen to da guy Jonah, dass da ony proof you guys goin see!
Mat 16.22: No way dass goin happen to you!
Mat 17.5: Eh, lissen to him!
Mat 17.18: Den Jesus talk strong to da bad kine spirit.
Mat 17.27: Take dat coin to da tax guys.
Mat 18.8: Mo betta you live to da max foeva, no matta you no mo hand o leg.
Mat 18.10: spesho angel guys inside da sky dat stay wea dey can talk to my Fadda up dea, any time dey like.
Mat 18.15: Jesus say, “If yoa brudda do bad ting to you, go tell him wat he wen do.
Mat 18.17: If he no like lissen to dem, den go tell all da church guys.
Mat 18.17: An if he no like lissen to dem, make to him jalike he from one a da peopos dat donno
Mat 18.17: An if he no like lissen to dem, make to him jalike he from one a da peopos dat donno God, o jalike
Mat 18.19: mo time, if two a you guys inside dis world pray togedda to God fo da same ting, my Fadda in da sky goin make um
Mat 18.21: say, “Eh, Boss, how much times my brudda can do bad tings to me, an I gotta let him go?
Mat 18.34: He give da guy to da guards inside da prison fo torture him, till he pay
Mat 18.35: Den Jesus say fo finish, “My Fadda in da sky goin do lidat to all you guys, if you no let yoa brudda go fo real kine
Mat 18.35: yoa heart, fo all da bad kine stuff yoa brudda wen do to you.
Mat 19.16: Wat good ting I gotta do fo live to da max foeva?
Mat 19.17: If you like live to da max foeva, you know God's Rules.
Mat 19.21: kine, go sell all da stuffs you get, an give da money to da peopo dat no mo notting.
Mat 19.29: dey goin get hundred times mo plenny, plus, dey goin live to da max foeva.
Mat 20.8: Start wit da last guys, all da way to da first guys.’
Mat 20.11: “Wen dey get dea pay, dey start fo grumble to da boss owna guy.
Mat 20.15: You jealous cuz I good to dem, o wat?
Mat 20.18: One guy goin turn me ova to da main pries guys an da teachas who teach God's Rules.
Mat 20.19: Dey goin turn me ova to da guys dat not Jews.
Mat 20.23: stay make da spesho places ready fo da guys dat suppose to sit ova dea.
Mat 20.30: You da guy dat suppose to show up from King David ohana!
Mat 21.1: Den Jesus dem come near Jerusalem an come to Betpage, da small town on top Olive Ridge.
Mat 21.12: huli da tables wea dey sell da spesho kine money fo give to da temple, an da stools fo da guys who sell doves fo
Mat 21.21: An I like tell you guys dis too: If you guys trus God to da max, an no trus ony litto bit same time, you goin do
Mat 21.21: trus ony litto bit same time, you goin do jalike I wen do to dis fig tree.
Mat 21.33: “Lissen to one nodda story so you can learn someting.
Mat 21.33: Den he wen rent da grape farm to some farma guys.
Mat 21.36: worka guys, mo den befo, an da farmas wen do da same ting to dem, jalike da odda workas.
Mat 21.40: who own da grape farm come, wat you guys tink he goin do to dem?’
Mat 21.41: “He goin kill da bad guys, an den he goin rent da field to some odda guys, who goin give him his share wen da time
Mat 22.5: Some guys go back to dea farms, an odda guys go back dea stores fo do dea own
Mat 22.6: odda guys dat wen grab da worka guys, an dey make any kine to da worka guys, an dey even wen kill da worka guys.
Mat 22.21: An he tell um, “Kay den, give um to Cesar, wat his, an give to God, wat his!”
Mat 22.21: he tell um, “Kay den, give um to Cesar, wat his, an give to God, wat his!”
Mat 22.26: Da same ting wen happen to da nex brudda.)
Mat 23.7: Dey like da peopo fo talk to dem wit respeck inside da open market, an fo call um
Mat 23.16: You guys say, ‘If one guy swear to God he goin do someting, an he say, “I swear by da
Mat 23.16: But if he swear to God an he say, “I swear by da gold inside da temple,” he
Mat 23.18: “An you guys say, ‘Whoeva swear to God dat he goin do someting, an he say, “I swear by da
Mat 23.18: But whoeva swear to God, an he say, “I swear by da gif offering on top da
Mat 23.20: “Whoeva swear to God an say, ‘I swear by da altar,’ he swear to God by all
Mat 23.20: swear to God an say, ‘I swear by da altar,’ he swear to God by all da gifs on top da altar too.
Mat 23.21: Whoeva swear to God an say, ‘I swear by da temple,’ he swear by da God dat
Mat 23.22: Whoeva swear to God an say, ‘I swear by da sky,’ dass God's throne, an God
Mat 23.22: So, if he swear to God ‘by da sky,’ den he swear by God.
Mat 23.23: You guys give one piece to God from ten piece spice, like da mint, da dill kine
Mat 23.23: You guys no make right to da odda guys.
Mat 23.23: Do dat stuff jalike you guys suppose to, an no foget da odda stuff too.
Mat 23.34: churches, an you guys goin make um suffa from one town to anodda town.
Mat 23.35: kill any kine guys who wen everytime do wat dey suppose to, starting from Abel all da way to Zekariah, he Barakiah's
Mat 23.35: do wat dey suppose to, starting from Abel all da way to Zekariah, he Barakiah's boy.
Mat 24.16: you guys see dat happen, if you stay Judea side, go run to da mountains.
Mat 24.21: Cuz dat time everybody goin choken suffa to da max.
Mat 24.27: wen da lightning come from da east side an shine all ova to da west side.’
Mat 25.10: Da girls who was ready, dey wen go wit him to da wedding party.’
Mat 25.14: goin be jalike dis: Had one guy, he was going on one trip to one far place.
Mat 25.20: Da guy who wen get da five bag money wen bring five bag mo to da boss.
Mat 25.28: guys ova dea, take away da money from dis guy an give um to da guy wit da ten bag money.
Mat 25.46: But da guys dat everytime do da right ting, dey goin live to da max foeva.’
Mat 26.9: come she neva sell dat perfume fo plenny money, an give um to da peopo dat no mo notting?
Mat 26.14: Den Judas Iscariot wen go talk to da main pries guys.
Mat 26.26: He broke da bread, an give um to his guys.
Mat 26.27: an give um to his guys.”
Mat 26.31: bum out cuz you no can handle da shame fo wat goin happen to me tonite.
Mat 26.39: He go mo down, an go down on top da groun, an talk to God lidis: “Eh, God, you my Fadda.
Mat 26.42: Den Jesus go talk to God one mo time, an say, “Fadda, if dis kine suffa no can
Mat 26.44: So he go way from dem one mo time, an talk to God one mo time, an he say da same tings jalike befo.”
Mat 26.58: Peter wen follow Jesus to da Head Priest place, but he wen stay far.
Mat 26.63: You gotta swear to God bout dis.
Mat 26.63: Tell us dat, if you da Christ guy dat God suppose to send.
Mat 26.72: I swear to God, I donno who dat!”
Mat 27.2: Dey tie him up, take him away, an wen give him to Pilate, da governa.
Mat 27.3: So, he take back all da thirty silva coins fo give um to da main pries guys an da older leadas dat wen give um to
Mat 27.3: to da main pries guys an da older leadas dat wen give um to him befo.
Mat 27.18: Now, Pilate know dat da leada guys wen give Jesus to him cuz dey so mad at Jesus, cuz everybody lissen to him,
Mat 27.18: Jesus to him cuz dey so mad at Jesus, cuz everybody lissen to him, not dem.
Mat 27.24: He say, “You guys no can blame me fo wateva you guys do to dis guy!
Mat 27.48: da sour wine, an put um on top one bamboo, an try give um to Jesus fo drink.”
Mat 27.51: da big curtain inside da temple broke in two from da top to da bottom.”
Mat 28.7: know, he going Galilee side first, den you guys suppose to go ova dea too.
Mat 28.7: Dass wat I suppose to tell you guys.
Mat 28.12: Den dey give plenny money to da guys dat was guarding da tomb.
Mat 28.16: Den Jesus eleven guys go Galilee, to da mountain wea Jesus wen tell um fo go.
Mrk 1.24: Wat you like do to us?
Mrk 1.44: Jesus wen talk strong to da guy.
Mrk 1.45: But da guy, he go outside an tell everybody wat wen happen to him.”
Mrk 2.24: but still yet dey stay doing da kine stuff dey not suppose to on da Rest Day!
Mrk 2.26: But David, he give um to his guys too, an nobody say notting.
Mrk 3.3: So Jesus say to da guy wit da wasted hand, “Eh, come hea in front
Mrk 3.4: Den Jesus say to da peopo, “So, wat?
Mrk 3.4: Wat you suppose to do, kill peopo, o help um?
Mrk 3.5: Den he say to da guy, “Stick out yoa hand.
Mrk 3.6: Dey wen go outside, an right den an dea dey go talk to King Herod guys, how dey goin kill Jesus.
Mrk 3.13: Den Jesus wen go to da hills.
Mrk 3.32: an yoa bruddas an sistas, dey outside, an dey like talk to you.
Mrk 5.8: Da guy wen yell real loud, “Wat you like do to me, Jesus?
Mrk 5.8: Promise to God you no goin make me suffa!
Mrk 5.16: wen see wat wen happen, dey tell da peopo wat wen happen to da guy wit da bad kine spirits an da pigs.
Mrk 5.19: Go home to yoa ohana, an tell um all da good kine stuff da Boss Up
Mrk 5.21: So den, Jesus wen come back in da boat to da odda side da lake.
Mrk 5.33: Den da wahine, she wen know wat wen happen to her.”
Mrk 5.36: But Jesus neva lissen to dem.
Mrk 6.11: if da peopo in da place no like you come an no like lissen to you, wen you go outa dat town, dust yoa feet, fo show dat
Mrk 6.29: But John Da Baptiza Guy stay telling him, “You not suppose to steal yoa brudda's wife.
Mrk 6.29: Wen Herod wen lissen to John, he come all mix up, but still yet he like lissen to
Mrk 6.29: to John, he come all mix up, but still yet he like lissen to him.
Mrk 6.29: So King Herod tell da girl, “Eh, wateva you like, I swear to God I goin give um to you.
Mrk 6.29: girl, “Eh, wateva you like, I swear to God I goin give um to you.
Mrk 6.29: But cuz he wen swear to God in front all his friends, he neva like say no.”
Mrk 6.29: da jail, an bring um on top da big plate, an give um to da girl.
Mrk 6.29: An she wen give um to her mudda.
Mrk 6.36: Tell da peopo, ‘Go to da towns, an buy someting fo eat!
Mrk 6.41: He look up to da sky, an tell God he good heart fo give da peopo food.
Mrk 6.41: Den he broke da bread an give um to his guys, an da guys give um to da peopo.
Mrk 6.41: broke da bread an give um to his guys, an da guys give um to da peopo.
Mrk 6.55: all ova da place fo bring da sick peopo on top dea mats to wea dey hear Jesus stay.
Mrk 7.3: But dey suppose to wash um jalike da ancesta guys wen teach from long time
Mrk 7.7: Dey go down an pray to me, But dey ony wase time.
Mrk 7.11: dat he can use um fo help his fadda o mudda, he can say to dem, “I no goin use um fo help you guys, cuz bumbye I goin
Mrk 7.11: no goin use um fo help you guys, cuz bumbye I goin give um to God.’
Mrk 7.27: No good take da food from da kids an throw um down to da dogs.
Mrk 7.31: Jesus wen hele on from Tyre side, an go thru Sidon, to Galilee Lake, near da Ten Towns.
Mrk 7.34: Jesus wen look up to da sky, an moan, an say, “Efata!
Mrk 8.6: Den he broke um, an give um to his guys.
Mrk 8.6: An da guys give um to all da peopo.
Mrk 8.7: He tell his guys fo give um to da peopo.
Mrk 8.32: No way dass goin happen to you!
Mrk 8.38: behind God's back, an do all kine stuff dey not suppose to do.
Mrk 9.7: Eh, lissen to him!
Mrk 9.17: One guy say, “Teacha, I wen bring my boy to you.
Mrk 9.18: Everytime da spirit grab da boy, he throw um to da groun.
Mrk 9.44: Mo betta you live to da max foeva, no matta no mo hand, den you get two hands
Mrk 9.46: Mo betta you live to da max foeva, no matta no mo foot, den you get two feet an
Mrk 10.17: Wat I gotta do fo live to da max foeva?
Mrk 10.21: Go sell all da stuffs you get, an give da money to da poor peopo.
Mrk 10.30: Bumbye, in da time to come, dey goin live to da max foeva.
Mrk 10.30: Bumbye, in da time to come, dey goin live to da max foeva.
Mrk 10.33: Dey goin give me to da guys dat not Jews.
Mrk 10.40: stay make da spesho places ready fo da peopo dat suppose to sit ova dea.
Mrk 10.47: You da guy dat suppose to show up from King David's ohana!
Mrk 11.15: Dey get to Jerusalem.
Mrk 11.15: da tables wea dey sell da spesho kine temple money fo give to da temple, an da benches fo da guys who sell doves fo
Mrk 11.31: Dey talking to demself.
Mrk 12.1: Den he wen rent da grape farm to some farma guys, an den he go far away.
Mrk 12.4: Dey bus up his head an dey no shame fo make any kine to him.
Mrk 12.9: who own da grape farm come, wat you guys tink he goin do to dem?’
Mrk 12.9: He goin kill da bad guys, an den he goin rent da farm to some odda guys.
Mrk 12.17: Give um to Cesar, wat his, an give to God, wat his!”
Mrk 12.17: Give um to Cesar, wat his, an give to God, wat his!”
Mrk 12.21: Da same ting wen happen to da nex brudda.
Mrk 12.22: An dis ting wen happen to all da seven bruddas.
Mrk 12.38: Dey like da peopo talk to dem wit respeck inside da open market.
Mrk 13.9: Dey goin take you guys to dea leadas.
Mrk 13.13: But da guy dat hang in dea to da end, he goin come out okay.
Mrk 13.14: Da bad ting goin stand wea not suppose to.
Mrk 13.14: wen you guys see dat happen, if you stay Judea side, run to da mountains.
Mrk 13.19: Cuz dat time everybody goin suffa to da max.
Mrk 14.5: How come she neva sell um fo plenny money, an give um to da peopo dat no mo notting?
Mrk 14.10: He go talk to da main pries guys, so he can set Jesus up fo dem guys.
Mrk 14.22: He broke da bread, an give um to his guys.
Mrk 14.23: He take da cup an tell God, “Mahalo plenny,” an give um to his guys, an dey all drink from um.
Mrk 14.27: bum out cuz you no can handle da shame fo wat goin happen to me.
Mrk 14.39: Den Jesus go talk to God one mo time, an say da same ting jalike befo.
Mrk 14.61: Tell us if you da Christ guy dat God suppose to send.
Mrk 15.1: So dey tie him up, take him away, an wen give him to Pilate, da governa.
Mrk 15.10: Now, Pilate know dat da main pries guys wen give Jesus to him cuz dey so mad at Jesus, cuz everybody lissen to him
Mrk 15.10: Jesus to him cuz dey so mad at Jesus, cuz everybody lissen to him an not dem.”
Mrk 15.22: Dey bring Jesus to da place dey call Golgota.
Mrk 15.32: dea near him on top da odda crosses, dey talk any kine to him too.
Mrk 15.36: da sour wine, an put um on top one bamboo, an try give um to Jesus fo drink.
Mrk 15.38: da big curtain inside da temple broke in two from da top to da bottom.”
Mrk 15.41: Had plenny odda wahines who wen come wit him to Jerusalem.
Mrk 15.45: wen mahke awready, so Pilate tell his guys fo give da body to Joseph.”
Mrk 16.8: Dey no say notting to nobody, cuz dey so scared.’-”
Mrk 16.15: um, “Go all ova da world, an teach da Good Stuff Bout Me to everybody.
Mrk 16.19: Afta Jesus da Boss pau talk to dem, God take him up inside da sky, an he sit down in da
Luk 1.10: stand outside praying wen da time wen come wen he suppose to burn da incense.
Luk 1.17: An da peopo dat no do wat dey suppose to do, he goin make dem tink right jalike da peopo dat do da
Luk 1.22: Wen he come outside, he no can talk to dem.”
Luk 1.26: Afta six months God wen send da angel messenja Gabriel to one town Galilee side name Nazaret.
Luk 1.38: Do um to me jalike you wen say.”
Luk 1.39: Dat time, Mary wen get up an wen go fast to one town in da hills Judea side.
Luk 1.43: But why dis good ting happen to me, dat you wen come by me, an you goin be my Boss mudda?
Luk 1.50: peopo chance dat show respeck fo him, From da granfaddas to da kids.
Luk 1.62: Den dey wen make signs wit dea hands to his fadda, an wen aks him wat he like name da boy.’-”
Luk 2.3: Everybody wen go back to da town dea ohana come from fo sign up.
Luk 2.4: So Joseph wen go from Nazaret town Galilee side, to Betlehem Judea side, King David's town, cuz he come from
Luk 2.22: So wen da time come, Joseph an Mary wen take Jesus to Jerusalem fo bring him inside da Temple, in front da Boss.
Luk 2.29: bout God lidis: “Boss, You wen do wat you wen promise To me, da guy dat work fo you.
head: Dey Go Back To Nazaret
Luk 2.45: Dey neva find him, so dey wen go back to Jerusalem fo look fo him.
Luk 2.46: temple yard, sitting dea wit da Jewish teachas, listening to dem an aksing dem stuff.
Luk 2.47: dea minds, cuz dey can see he akamai da way he wen talk to dem.
Luk 2.48: him, an his mudda wen tell him, “My boy, why you do dis to us?
Luk 2.51: So Jesus wen go back wit dem to Nazaret, an everytime wen do wat dey say.”
Luk 3.2: Den God wen talk to him.
Luk 3.11: John tell, “Da guy dat get two coats gotta give one to da guy dat no mo coat.”
Luk 3.11: An da guy dat get food gotta give to da guy dat no mo food.”
Luk 3.13: He wen tell um, “No take mo money den you suppose to.
Luk 4.1: Spirit stay in charge a him, an God's Spirit wen take him to da boonies.
Luk 4.6: dis power an awesome stuff, dass mines, an I can give um to anybody I like.’-”
Luk 4.8: say, ‘Gotta go down on yoa knees An give plenny respeck to God yoa Boss, An live an work ony fo him.
Luk 4.9: Den da Devil take Jesus to Jerusalem an make him stand on top da high part a da tower
Luk 4.18: see now, An tell da peopo dat da odda guys make any kine to dem, Dey no goin suffa no moa, He wen send me fo tell
Luk 4.20: Jesus wen close da book, an give um back to da helpa guy, an sit down.
Luk 4.34: Wat you like do to us spirits?
Luk 6.2: How come you guys doing da kine work you not suppose to do on da Rest Day?
Luk 6.4: dass spesho fo God dat stay ova dea, an eat um, an give um to his guys too.
Luk 6.11: huhu, an wen start fo make plan togedda wat dey like do to Jesus.”
Luk 6.18: Dey wen come ova dea fo lissen to him, an so he can make um come good from all kine sick.
Luk 6.22: wen da peopo hate you, an throw you out, an talk bad to you, an say you no good cuz a me, da Guy Dass Fo Real!
Luk 6.23: Go dance an sing wen dey make any kine to you guys, an stay plenny good inside!
Luk 6.28: Aks God fo do good tings to da peopo dat put kahuna on top you, an pray fo da peopo
Luk 6.30: Give to everybody who aks you fo someting, an if one guy rip off
Luk 6.31: Do to da odda guy jalike you like him do to you.
Luk 6.31: Do to da odda guy jalike you like him do to you.
Luk 6.33: An if you guys ony do good to da peopo dat do good to you, you tink God owe you money fo
Luk 6.33: An if you guys ony do good to da peopo dat do good to you, you tink God owe you money fo dat?
Luk 6.34: If you guys ony lend someting to da peopo you tink goin give um back, you tink God owe you
Luk 6.34: Even da bad kine peopo lend stuff to da bad kine peopo, if dey tink dey goin get um all back.
Luk 6.35: Mo Importan Den All Da Odda Gods, he everytime do good to da peopo dat no tank him an da peopo dat do real bad kine
head: No Make Like One Judge To da Odda Guy
Luk 6.37: “No make like one judge to nobody, an God no goin be yoa judge.
Luk 6.38: Give to da odda guy, an God goin give to you.
Luk 6.38: Give to da odda guy, an God goin give to you.
Luk 6.38: Cuz da way you give, same way he goin give to you.
Luk 7.10: Den da guys da captain wen send wen go back to da house, an wen see dat da worka guy wen come good.
Luk 7.12: Wen Jesus come to da town gate, da peopo from da town wen carry one open box
Luk 7.15: wen sit up, an start fo talk, an Jesus wen give him back to his mudda.
Luk 7.19: fo go by da Boss Jesus an aks him, “Eh, you da guy suppose to come, o wat?
Luk 7.19: O we suppose to wait fo one nodda guy fo come?
Luk 7.20: Baptiza wen send us by you fo aks, ‘Eh, you da guy suppose to come, o we suppose to wait fo one nodda guy fo come?
Luk 7.20: you fo aks, ‘Eh, you da guy suppose to come, o we suppose to wait fo one nodda guy fo come?
Luk 7.32: da kids sitting inside da open market place, an yelling to dea friends, ‘Eh!
Luk 7.41: “Had two guys dat wen owe some money to one guy dat lend money.
Luk 7.44: Den Jesus wen turn aroun to da wahine, an tell Simon, “You see dis wahine?”
Luk 7.49: An da odda guys sitting ova dea wen start fo talk to each odda, “Who dis guy dat even hemo da shame fo da bad
Luk 8.20: yoa mudda an yoa bruddas, dey outside, an dey like talk to you.
Luk 8.29: Da spirit yell, “Eh, wat you like do to me, Jesus?
Luk 8.43: She wen pay everyting she get to da doctas, but nobody can make her come good.
Luk 9.6: So da guys wen go out an go from one small town to anodda, an dey teach da Good Stuff From God, an make da
Luk 9.10: Den he take dem wit him an dey go way by demself to Betsaida town.
Luk 9.16: Den he give um to his guys fo give to da peopo.”
Luk 9.16: Den he give um to his guys fo give to da peopo.”
Luk 9.35: Lissen to him!
Luk 9.42: bad spirit, an make da boy come good, an wen give him back to his fadda.”
Luk 9.44: But goin get one guy goin set me up an turn me ova to some odda guys.
Luk 9.51: Da time stay near wen Jesus going up to da sky, an he make up his mind fo go Jerusalem.
Luk 10.6: If his heart not good, wat you say goin come back to you.’
Luk 10.7: No move aroun from one house to anodda.
Luk 10.8: “Weneva you come to one town an da peopo like you stay ova dea wit dem, eat da
Luk 10.13: If I wen do da kine awesome stuff fo show my power to da peopo from Tyre an Sidon towns, jalike I wen do fo you
Luk 10.21: guys an da guys dat know plenny stuff, an you wen show um to da small kids.
Luk 10.23: Den Jesus wen turn aroun to his guys an tell um (but he neva tell da odda peopo), “You
Luk 10.25: “Teacha, wat I gotta do fo get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva?
Luk 10.35: Da nex day he take out two silva coins an give um to da boss fo da hotel, an say, ‘Take care him, an wen I come
Luk 10.38: an da guys he teach wen go down one road, an dey come to one small town.
Luk 10.39: name Mary, an Mary wen sit down by Jesus feet an lissen to wat he say.
Luk 11.4: us go, an hemo our shame Fo all da bad kine stuff we do to you, Jalike we let da odda guy go, An we no stay huhu at
Luk 11.4: An we no stay huhu at him Fo all da bad kine stuff he do to us.
Luk 11.13: you guys no good, but you know how fo give good kine stuff to yoa kids.
Luk 11.13: everytime good, an he goin give his Good an Spesho Spirit to you guys cuz you aks him fo um.
Luk 11.24: Den he say, ‘Eh, mo betta I go back to da guy I wen take ova befo.
Luk 11.41: Give to da peopo dat no mo notting from da stuffs you get, an you
Luk 11.43: inside da Jewish churches, an like all da peopo talk nice to you in da open market.
Luk 11.45: Rules wen tell um, “Teacha, wen you say dat, you talk bad to us too.
Luk 11.51: eva wen kill cuz dey talk fo God, from da first one Abel to Zekariah.
Luk 12.1: Jesus wen start fo talk to his guys first.
Luk 12.21: “Dass wat goin happen to all da peopo dat make big stack stuffs fo demself, but God
Luk 12.33: Sell everyting you get an give da money to da peopo dat no mo notting.
Luk 12.51: You tink I wen come to dis world fo help everybody come friends an no fight?
Luk 12.58: goin drag you in front da judge, an da judge goin give you to da police, an da police goin throw you in jail.
Luk 13.33: still gotta go today an tomorrow an da nex day, till I get to Jerusalem.”
Luk 14.25: He turn aroun to dem, an say, “Whoeva come by me, an get love an aloha fo
Luk 15.20: Den he wen leave da place an go to his fadda.
Luk 16.8: wen do stuff dass not right befo, now da boss talk good to him bout dis smart ting he wen do.
Luk 16.10: Whoeva do da small kine stuff he suppose to, you can trus him fo do da big kine stuff he suppose to.’
Luk 16.10: to, you can trus him fo do da big kine stuff he suppose to.’
Luk 16.26: Da peopo dat like go from ova hea to you no can, an da peopo dat like go from ova dea to ova
Luk 16.26: hea to you no can, an da peopo dat like go from ova dea to ova hea no can.
Luk 16.27: say, ‘Den I beg you, cuz you my ancesta guy, send Lazarus to my fadda's house, cuz I get five bruddas.
Luk 16.30: But if one guy come back to dem from mahke, dey goin come sorry fo da bad kine stuff
Luk 16.31: “But Abraham say, ‘If dey no lissen to Moses Rules, an to da guys dat wen talk fo God, dey no
Luk 16.31: “But Abraham say, ‘If dey no lissen to Moses Rules, an to da guys dat wen talk fo God, dey no goin lissen an trus
Luk 17.10: Wen you guys go do everyting you suppose to, den you goin say, ‘We jus worka guys.
Luk 17.10: We ony wen do wat we suppose to.
Luk 17.24: da lightning flash an make da sky come light from one side to da odda side.’
Luk 17.33: Whoeva try hang on to his life goin lose um.
Luk 17.33: An whoeva give up his life goin hang on to um.
Luk 18.10: He say, “Two guys wen go to God's Temple fo pray, one Pharisee guy, an one guy dat
Luk 18.13: He no even like look up to da sky, but he beat on his chest an say, ‘God, I one guy
Luk 18.18: Wat I gotta do fo get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva?
Luk 18.22: Go sell all da stuffs you get, an go give da money to da peopo dat no mo notting.”
Luk 18.30: dis time, an bumbye he goin get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.”
Luk 18.32: Dey goin turn me ova to da guys dat not Jews.
Luk 18.32: Dey goin make fun a me, an talk any kine to me, an spit on me, an whip me hard, an kill me.
Luk 18.35: Jesus come to Jericho town, an one blind guy stay sitting an begging by
Luk 19.8: I goin give half a my stuffs to da peopo dat no mo notting, an whoeva I wen rip off, I
Luk 19.14: But da peopo hate da ali`i guy, an dey send guys to da odda place fo say, ‘We no like dis guy fo be our king.
Luk 19.24: ‘Eh, take away dis guy's gold coin from um, an give um to da guy dat get ten coins.
Luk 19.30: you go inside um, you goin find one young donkey stay tie to da fence, dat nobody wen ride um yet.
Luk 20.9: guy wen plant grapes inside one grape farm, an he rent um to some farma guys.
Luk 20.11: an dey bus him up too, an dey no shame fo make any kine to him, an send um away wit notting.
Luk 20.15: “Wat you guys tink da guy dat own da grape farm goin do to da guys dat rent da farm?’
Luk 20.16: He goin come wipe um out, an rent da grape farm to odda guys.”
Luk 20.20: like trick Jesus wit wat he say, so dey can turn him ova to da leada guys an to da governa who get power.
Luk 20.20: wat he say, so dey can turn him ova to da leada guys an to da governa who get power.
Luk 20.21: You do da same to everybody, an you teach God's way fo real kine.
Luk 20.22: We still gotta pay tax to Cesar, da king fo da Rome peopo, o wat?
Luk 20.25: Jesus say, “Kay den, give um to Cesar wat his, an give to God wat his!”
Luk 20.25: Jesus say, “Kay den, give um to Cesar wat his, an give to God wat his!”
Luk 20.35: inside da nex world, an give um da kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Luk 20.37: wen Moses wen spock one bush dat stay burning, he wen talk to God ova dea.
Luk 20.45: Da peopo stay lissen to Jesus, an he tell his guys, “Watch out fo da teacha guys
Luk 20.46: Dey like da peopo fo talk to dem wit respeck inside da market.
Luk 21.12: Dey goin turn you guys ova to da Jewish churches an throw you guys inside jail.
Luk 21.19: If you guys hang in dea to da end, you guys goin get da kine life dass fo real!
Luk 21.21: Den da peopo dat stay Judea side gotta run to da mountains.
Luk 21.21: get out, an da guys inside da boonies betta not go back to da town.
Luk 22.4: So Judas wen go talk to da main pries guys, an da officers fo da temple, fo see
Luk 22.17: an tell God “Mahalo” an say, “Take dis an pass um down to da oddas.
Luk 22.19: da bread, an tell God “Mahalo,” an broke um, an give um to dem.
Luk 22.37: ‘Dey wen put him wit da crooks,’ dass da way gotta happen to me.
Luk 22.65: An dey talk any kine to him.
Luk 23.11: Dey put one fancy robe on top him, an send him back to Pilate.
Luk 23.25: An he give Jesus to dem so dey can do wat dey like to him.
Luk 23.25: An he give Jesus to dem so dey can do wat dey like to him.
Luk 23.31: Cuz if dey doing dis kine stuff to one good guy like me, wat goin happen to da peopo dat not
Luk 23.31: dis kine stuff to one good guy like me, wat goin happen to da peopo dat not good?’
Luk 23.33: Dey come to da place name “Da Skull.
Luk 23.39: One crook guy dat hanging dea talk any kine to him.
Luk 24.7: Dey gotta turn me ova to da bad guys.
Luk 24.9: dey wen come back from da cave, an dey tell all dat stuff to Jesus eleven guys an to da odda peopo.’-”
Luk 24.9: da cave, an dey tell all dat stuff to Jesus eleven guys an to da odda peopo.’-”
Luk 24.10: da odda wahines dat wen go wit dem, dey tell all dis stuff to da guys dat Jesus was goin send all ova da place.
Luk 24.12: But Peter wen get up an run to da cave.
Luk 24.19: Dey say, “Da stuff dat dey wen do to Jesus, da guy from Nazaret.”
Luk 24.24: Some a our guys wen go to da tomb.
Luk 24.30: Den he wen give um to dem.
Luk 24.52: Den dey go back to Jerusalem.
Jhn 1.42: Den he bring Simon to Jesus.”
Jhn 2.7: So dey wen fill um up to da top.
Jhn 2.8: Den he tell um, “Now, go take some out, an take um to da guy in charge a da lu`au.”
Jhn 2.8: So dey take um to da guy.
Jhn 2.24: But Jesus neva give himself to da peopo, cuz he know all dem.
head: Jesus Talk to Nicodemus
Jhn 3.14: Da same ting gotta happen to me, da Guy Dass Fo Real.
Jhn 3.15: who stay trus me, can get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Jhn 3.16: get cut off from God, but get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Jhn 3.36: stay trus God's Boy, dey get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Jhn 4.5: He go to one town inside Samaria name Sykar, dat stay near da land
Jhn 4.14: Goin make dem live to da max foeva.
Jhn 4.20: Us Samaria peopo, our ancesta guys wen go down an pray to God on top dis mountain ova hea.”
Jhn 4.20: say dat everybody gotta go Jerusalem fo go down an pray to God.
Jhn 4.21: Da time goin come wen you guys goin go down an pray to God our Fadda, but no goin be hea on top dis mountain o
Jhn 4.23: an awready stay hea now, wen da peopo dat go down an pray to da Fadda fo real kine, dey goin give him plenny love an
Jhn 4.26: Jesus tell her, “I da Guy, da One dat stay talking to you.
Jhn 4.27: guys wen come back, an wen blow dea minds dat he wen talk to da wahine.”
Jhn 4.27: o “How come you talk to her?
Jhn 4.36: dat trus God cuz a dem, get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Jhn 4.47: Da guy wen hear dat Jesus wen come from Judea to Galilee side.
Jhn 5.14: do da bad kine stuff no moa, o mo worse ting goin happen to you.
Jhn 5.22: I da one dat suppose to say if dey wen do good tings o bad tings.
Jhn 5.24: God who wen send me, dey get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Jhn 5.25: An da peopo who hear me, an lissen to wat I say, dey goin live fo real kine.
Jhn 5.33: You guys wen send messenja guys to John, an he wen tell everyting he know bout da trut bout
Jhn 5.39: cuz you guys tink you goin find da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva, inside da Bible from befo time.
Jhn 5.40: my guys so dat you guys can get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Jhn 5.43: I wen come to dis world cuz my Fadda wen give me da right fo come fo
Jhn 5.43: But you guys neva like trus me o lissen to me.
Jhn 5.45: No tink I goin poin finga at you guys to da Fadda.
Jhn 6.11: He give um to his guys, an dey give um to da peopo dat was sitting dea.
Jhn 6.11: He give um to his guys, an dey give um to da peopo dat was sitting dea.
Jhn 6.16: Befo dark time come, Jesus guys wen go down to da lake.
Jhn 6.21: Right den an dea dey wen come to da place wea dey was going.”
Jhn 6.27: da kine food dat stay long time an can make you guys live to da max foeva.
Jhn 6.40: Boy, an trus me, dey goin get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Jhn 6.43: Stop grumbling to each odda!”
Jhn 6.45: Everybody who wen lissen to da Fadda, an learn da good kine stuff from him, dey goin
Jhn 6.47: like tell you guys dis too: Whoeva trus me, dey goin live to da max foeva.
Jhn 6.48: I jalike da bread, an I can make da peopo live to da max foeva.
Jhn 6.51: Anybody take dis bread, dey goin live to da max foeva.
Jhn 6.51: An dis goin make you live to da max foeva.
Jhn 6.54: say: Whoeva eat my body an drink my blood, dey goin live to da max foeva, an I goin bring um back alive wen da world
Jhn 6.62: you guys see me, da Guy Dass Fo Real, going back up dea, to da place wea I wen stay befo?
Jhn 6.68: No mo nobody can tell us how fo live to da max foeva.”
Jhn 7.12: All da peopo stay talking bout him to each odda.
Jhn 7.33: stay wit you guys litto bit mo time, an den I goin go back to da One who wen send me hea.
Jhn 7.50: He da guy wen come fo talk to Jesus one nite befo time.”
Jhn 7.51: He say, “Our Rules say, we gotta lissen to da guy first, an find out wat he wen do.
Jhn 8.12: Jesus wen talk to dem one mo time.
Jhn 8.39: dem, “If you guys was Abraham's kids, den you guys suppose to do da kine stuff Abraham wen do.
Jhn 8.47: “Whoeva come from God, dey lissen to wat God say.
Jhn 8.47: Dass why you guys no like lissen to me, cuz you guys no come from God.
Jhn 8.51: dat, den I like tell you guys dis too: Whoeva lissen to wat I say, dat guy no goin mahke, eva!
Jhn 8.52: But you still say, ‘Whoeva lissen to wat I say, dey no goin mahke, eva.
Jhn 9.13: Den dey take da guy dat was blind to da Pharisee guys.
Jhn 9.16: guy no can come from God, cuz he do stuff he not suppose to do on da Rest Day.”
Jhn 9.26: Dey aks him, “Wat he wen do to you?
Jhn 9.28: Den dey talk bad to him, an say, “You his guy, an you lissen to him.
Jhn 9.28: dey talk bad to him, an say, “You his guy, an you lissen to him.
Jhn 9.28: Us guys, we Moses guys, an we ony lissen to Moses.”
Jhn 9.29: We know dat God wen talk to Moses.
Jhn 9.31: An da guy say, “Now, we know dat God no lissen to da bad kine guys.
Jhn 9.31: But he lissen to da guys dat get respeck fo him an do wat he like.”
Jhn 9.37: Dass me, da guy talking to you.”
Jhn 10.8: But da sheeps neva lissen to dem guys.
Jhn 10.10: But I wen come so da peopo can come alive inside, an live to da max.
Jhn 10.16: Dey goin lissen to my voice, an dey goin come togedda, an be one ohana wit
Jhn 10.20: How come you guys stay lissen to him?
Jhn 10.28: I goin make dem live to da max foeva, an no mahke.
Jhn 10.29: My Fadda wen give dem to me.
Jhn 10.35: So, if God wen call dem guys he talking to ‘gods,’ how you guys can say dat I talking stink bout God,
Jhn 11.31: Dey tink she going to da grave fo cry ova dea.
Jhn 11.38: He go to da cave wea dey wen bury Lazarus.
Jhn 11.41: Jesus look up to da sky an say, “Fadda, mahalo plenny dat you wen lissen to
Jhn 11.41: to da sky an say, “Fadda, mahalo plenny dat you wen lissen to me.”
Jhn 11.42: I know dat you everytime lissen to me.
Jhn 11.56: You tink Jesus goin come to da spesho religious time, o wat?
Jhn 12.1: Den six days befo da Passova religious time, Jesus wen go to Betany.
Jhn 12.2: Marta wen bring da food to da peopo, an Lazarus stay sit by Jesus at da table.
Jhn 12.5: dis perfume fo three hundred silva coins, an give da money to da peopo dat no mo notting?
Jhn 12.16: An dey wen rememba dat da peopo wen make lidat to him.
Jhn 12.25: Whoeva like hang on to dea life, dey goin lose um.
Jhn 12.25: But whoeva give up dea life in dis world, goin hang on to um, an stay live to da max foeva.
Jhn 12.25: up dea life in dis world, goin hang on to um, an stay live to da max foeva.
Jhn 12.26: An my Fadda goin show respeck to dat helpa guy.
Jhn 12.29: az was one angel messenja guy from da Boss dat wen talk to him.
Jhn 13.3: He know he wen come from God an now he going back to God.
Jhn 13.12: Jesus wen wash dea feet, he put on his robe an go back to da table.
Jhn 13.14: You guys suppose to wash each odda's feet too.
Jhn 13.15: fo do, cuz jalike I wen do fo you guys, you guys suppose to do too.
Jhn 13.26: take one piece bread, dip um inside da sauce, an give um to da guy.
Jhn 13.26: So he take da bread, dip um inside, an give um to Judas, Simon Iscariot's boy.”
Jhn 13.29: ‘Go get wat we need fo da Passova,’ o ‘Go give someting to da peopo dat no mo notting.”
head: Ony By Jesus We Can Go To Da Fadda
Jhn 14.6: Jesus tell um, “No mo odda guy can bring peopo to da Fadda, ony me.
Jhn 14.6: I bring peopo to um, jalike I da road.”
Jhn 14.30: I ony goin talk to you guys litto wile moa, cuz da Devil stay coming.
Jhn 15.11: Den you guys goin stay good inside to da max.
Jhn 15.21: But dey goin do all dis stuff to you guys, jus cuz you my guys, an dey donno da One who wen
Jhn 15.22: If I neva come an talk to dem, dey neva tink dey doing bad kine stuff.
Jhn 15.26: Wen I go to my Fadda, I goin send his Spirit by you guys.
Jhn 16.3: Dey goin make lidat to you guys cuz dey donno my Fadda an dey donno me.
Jhn 16.5: “But now I going to da One dat wen send me.
Jhn 16.7: But if I go way, den I goin send him to you guys.
Jhn 16.10: He goin show dem dat dey no do wat stay right, cuz I going to my Fadda, an den you guys no goin see me no moa.
Jhn 16.17: An how come he say, ‘Cuz I going to my Fadda’?
Jhn 16.24: an you guys goin get um, so you guys can stay good inside to da max.
Jhn 16.28: Now I going outa da world, an going back to my Fadda.
Jhn 17.1: Afta Jesus wen say dat, he wen look up to da sky an say, “Fadda, time awready.
Jhn 17.6: Dey was yoa guys, an you wen give dem to me.
Jhn 17.11: I no goin stay inside da world no moa, cuz I coming to you.
Jhn 17.13: tings hea inside da world so my peopo can stay good inside to da max, jalike me.
Jhn 17.18: Jalike you wen send me to da peopo inside da world, same ting, I wen send my guys to
Jhn 17.18: to da peopo inside da world, same ting, I wen send my guys to da peopo inside da world.
Jhn 17.23: Den dey goin stick togedda to da max.
Jhn 18.3: So Judas dem go to da garden, an dey all wen go dea togedda, wit lanterns an
Jhn 18.4: Jesus wen know all da stuff dat going happen to him, so he wen go by dem an aks dem, “Who you guys looking
Jhn 18.11: My Fadda say I suppose to suffa all dis kine stuff, an dass wat I goin do!
Jhn 18.16: dea, an da Head Priest guy know me, I wen go outside, talk to da girl dat watch da gate, an bring Peter inside.
Jhn 18.22: You not suppose to talk lidat to da Head Priest!”
Jhn 18.22: You not suppose to talk lidat to da Head Priest!”
Jhn 18.24: Den Annas wen send him, all tie up, to da Head Priest guy, Kaiafas.
Jhn 18.26: one nodda guy dea dat work fo da Head Priest an was ohana to da guy dat Peter wen cut off his ear.
Jhn 18.28: work fo da Head Priest take Jesus away from Kaiafas place to da Rome army headquarters.
Jhn 18.30: da bugga no was one crook, us guys no goin turn him ova to you.
Jhn 18.35: Dass was yoa own peopo an da main pries guys wen bring you to me.
Jhn 18.37: Everybody dat stick wit da trut, dey lissen to me.
Jhn 18.38: Wen Pilate wen say dat, he wen go back outside to da Jews, an he tell dem, “I no find notting wrong wit dis
Jhn 18.39: But you guys get dis ting wea I suppose to let one guy go at da Passova time.
head: Governa Pilate Talk To Jesus
Jhn 19.10: Den Pilate tell him, “You no like talk to me, o wat?”
Jhn 19.11: Dass why da guy who wen turn me ova to you, he do mo worse ting den you.
head: Dey Wen Nail Jesus to One Cross
Jhn 19.18: Ova dea dey wen nail Jesus to one cross.
Jhn 19.23: Da army guys, afta dey wen nail Jesus to da cross, dey take his clotheses an make four piles.”
Jhn 19.27: An I wen take her to my own place from dat time.
Jhn 19.28: dat, Jesus wen know dat he wen pau do everyting he suppose to do.
Jhn 19.29: dat wine, put um on top one oregano branch, an put um up to his mout.”
Jhn 19.39: da guy who befo time wen go by Jesus, nite time, fo talk to him.
Jhn 20.1: Da first day in da week, Mary from Magdala wen come back to da place dey wen bury Jesus.
Jhn 20.4: guys wen run togedda, but me, I wen run mo fast, an come to da place first.”
head: Jesus Talk To His Guys
Jhn 21.3: So da guys wen go down to da beach, an dey wen go inside one boat.
Jhn 21.7: befo fo work, an den he go jump outa da boat fo swim quick to da beach, cuz da boat ony stay bout hundred yards from da
Jhn 21.8: So den Jesus odda guys wen row da boat back to da beach, dragging da net wit all da fishes inside.”
Jhn 21.13: Den Jesus wen go ova dea, an take da bread an give um to his guys.
Jhn 21.18: dis too: Befo time, wen you was one young guy, you used to put on yoa clotheses an tie yoa belt an go wea eva you
Jhn 21.21: Wat goin happen to him?
Act 1.22: from us, from da time John wen baptize him, till he go up to da sky.’
Act 2.23: um long time ago, cuz he wen know dey goin give Jesus ova to you guys.
Act 2.39: wit God -- all da ones da Boss our God goin tell fo come to him.
Act 2.45: Dey sell dea stuffs, an give da money to all da peopo dat need kokua.
Act 3.1: One time Peter an John wen go to da temple three clock.
Act 3.10: wen tink plenny, an dea jaws wen drop cuz a wat wen happen to him.
Act 3.14: You guys wen give ova to Pilate da Spesho An Good Guy from God dat everytime do da
Act 3.14: an den you say you like Pilate fo hand ova one killa guy to you guys.
Act 3.17: “My bruddas, I know dat wat you guys an yoa leadas wen do to Jesus, you neva undastan wat you doing.
Act 3.23: Moses wen say dis too: ‘Anybody dat no like lissen to dat Guy dat talk fo God, God goin wipe dem out from dea
Act 4.17: dese guys, ‘You guys betta not talk bout dis guy Jesus to nobody no moa!
Act 4.23: da main pries guys an da older leada guys wen say to dem.
head: Da Peopo Dat Trus God Give Dea Stuffs To Each Odda
Act 4.35: dat wen own land o houses wen sell um, an give da money to da guys Jesus wen send all ova.
Act 4.35: An den dey give da money to da peopo dat need um, litto bit o plenny.
Act 4.37: He wen sell one field he wen own, an den give da money to da guys Jesus wen send.
Act 5.2: himself, an den he wen bring da rest a da money an give um to da guys Jesus wen send.
Act 5.3: how come you let da Devil take charge you, an you bulai to God's Spesho Spirit?
Act 5.4: You no stay bulai to da peopo, but to God.
Act 5.4: You no stay bulai to da peopo, but to God.
Act 5.21: An dey wen send guys to da jail fo bring Jesus guys to dem.
Act 5.21: An dey wen send guys to da jail fo bring Jesus guys to dem.
Act 5.22: But wen da police guys wen come to da jail, dey neva find Jesus guys ova dea.
Act 5.26: hear dat, he an his guys wen go an bring Jesus guys to da main leadas.
Act 5.32: God give his Spesho Spirit to da peopo dat lissen to him.
Act 5.32: God give his Spesho Spirit to da peopo dat lissen to him.
Act 5.35: Israel guys, we betta tink real good bout wat we goin do to dese guys.
Act 6.2: fo us fo pau teach wat God say, jus so we can give food to da peopo dat need um.
Act 7.2: Stephen say, “My bruddas an my faddas, try lissen to me!
Act 7.4: Afta Abraham fadda wen mahke, God wen send Abraham to dis place wea you guys stay now.’
Act 7.16: Our peopo wen bring back dea bodies to Shechem, an wen put um inside da tombs dat Abraham wen buy
Act 7.38: wit all our ancesta guys, an wit da angel guy dat wen talk to him on top Sinai Mountain.
Act 7.42: away from dem, an give dem ova so dey can go down an pray to da sun an da moon an da stars.
Act 7.43: Dey da gods you wen make So you can go down an pray to dem.
Act 7.46: fo God, da same God dat David's ancesta Jacob wen pray to.
Act 7.51: Yoa hearts an yoa ears, you no like give um to God!”-’-”
Act 7.55: An he look up to da sky, an see how awesome God stay, an Jesus standing by
Act 8.6: dat show wat kine guy him, so den dey wen lissen real good to da stuff he wen say.
Act 8.10: All da big guys an da odda peopo wen lissen to him real good an say, “Dis guy, he da guy dey name ‘Da Big
Act 8.24: Den Simon wen tell Peter an John, “You can pray to da Boss fo me, so dat all dis stuff dat you wen say no
Act 8.24: Boss fo me, so dat all dis stuff dat you wen say no happen to me?
Act 8.26: One angel guy from da Boss wen tell Philip, “Go sout to da road inside da boonies dat go from Jerusalem to Gaza.
Act 8.26: sout to da road inside da boonies dat go from Jerusalem to Gaza.
Act 8.27: Dis guy wen go Jerusalem fo go down an pray to God.
Act 9.11: Judas house on Strait Street, an tell him you like talk to one guy name Saul from Tarsus.”
Act 9.13: He do plenny bad kine stuff to da peopo Jerusalem side dat stay spesho fo you.”
Act 9.15: I wen pick dis guy fo tell who me to da peopos dat not Jews an dea kings an to da Israel peopo
Act 9.15: fo tell who me to da peopos dat not Jews an dea kings an to da Israel peopo too.”
Act 9.21: An he wen come ova hea fo take dem to da main pries guys an throw dem inside jail, yeah?
Act 9.27: Sky wen he stay going Damascus side, an da Boss wen talk to him.
Act 9.39: wen go wit dem, an wen he come, dey take him upstairs to da room.
Act 10.2: give plenny money fo da poor peopo, an everytime he pray to God.
Act 10.14: I neva eat anyting dat stay kapu an not suppose to eat um!”
Act 10.16: three times, an right den an dea da sheet wen go back up to da sky.”
Act 10.27: Peter stay talking to him, an dey go inside da house.
head: Peter Talk To Da Church Guys Inside Jerusalem
Act 11.8: I neva eat notting dat stay kapu, o dat I not suppose to eat.’
Act 11.10: Dat wen happen three times, an den da sheet wen go up to da sky again.’
Act 11.20: Cyprus an Cyrene, wen go Antioch, an wen start fo talk to da peopo dea dat talk Greek.
Act 11.27: Dat time some guys dat talk fo God wen come from Jerusalem to Antioch.’
Act 11.30: Dey wen do dat, an dey wen send da gifs to da older leadas inside da church ova dea, an Barnabas an
Act 12.11: power, an from all da stuff da Jewish peopo wen tink fo do to me.
Act 12.19: Latas King Herod wen go from Judea to Cesarea, an wen stay ova dea litto wile.
Act 12.20: Herod's helpa guy, an he wen help um so dey can talk to Herod.
Act 12.21: He sit down on top his throne, an wen make one big talk to da peopo.
Act 13.4: Saul an Barnabas, an dey wen go Seleucia, an sail from dea to Cyprus.
Act 13.6: Dey wen go thru Cyprus Island to Paphos on da odda side.
Act 13.10: You bulai to da max, an fool all da peopo.
Act 13.13: Paul an da guys dat wen go wit him wen sail from Paphos to Perga, Pamfylia side.
Act 13.14: Paul an Barnabas, dey go from Perga to Antioch, Pisidia side.
Act 13.16: peopo dat not Jews dat get love an respeck fo God, lissen to me!
Act 13.19: He wipe out seven peopos Canaan side, an wen give dea land to his own peopo jalike one fadda give land to his boy.
Act 13.19: give dea land to his own peopo jalike one fadda give land to his boy.
Act 13.31: plenny days da guys dat wen go wit him befo from Galilee to Jerusalem, dey wen see him.
Act 13.31: Now, dey da guys dat tell all dis stuff to da Jewish peopo.
Act 13.41: Watch out dat da bad stuff no happen to you guys dat da guys dat wen talk fo God befo time wen
Act 13.41: you guys no goin believe, No matta somebody tell um to you guys.
Act 13.43: Dey wen talk to dose guys, an wen tell um fo stay tight wit da God dat do
Act 13.46: tink you stay good nuff fo get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva, now we goin go by da peopo dat not Jews.
Act 13.48: peopo dat God wen pick fo get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva, dey wen trus him.’-”
Act 13.50: Da Jewish guys wen talk stink to dem bout Paul an Barnabas, so dose peopo wen start fo make
Act 14.2: But da Jewish peopo dat neva like trus um, dey wen talk to da guys dat not Jews an wen turn um agains Paul an
Act 14.5: an dea leadas wen talk togedda, how dey can make any kine to dem an kill um wit stones.
Act 14.6: Wen da guys Jesus wen send wen hear dat, dey wen beat it to Lystra an Derbe towns, Lycaonia side, an all da place
Act 14.9: He wen lissen to Paul wen he was telling da Good Stuff Bout Jesus.
Act 14.15: guys gotta turn away from all dis no good stuff, an turn to da God dat stay alive.
Act 14.19: Pisidia side, an from Iconium, an dey wen talk da peopo to ova dea side.”
Act 14.22: Dey wen give good kine words to da peopo dat stay tight wit Jesus, fo help um stick wit da
Act 15.1: Some guys dat trus Jesus wen come from Judea to Antioch an dey wen teach da bruddas an sistas.
Act 15.2: an some odda guys dat trus Jesus fo go Jerusalem fo talk to da guys Jesus wen send an da older leadas bout dis cut
Act 15.13: Wen dey pau talk, James say, “Bruddas, lissen to me.”
Act 15.20: We tell um fo no eat da food da peopo wen give to da idol kine gods, an no fool aroun, an no eat da meat
Act 16.4: Dey wen go from one town to anodda.
Act 16.10: tink dat God wen call us fo go tell da Good Stuff From Him to da peopo ova dea.”
Act 16.11: We wen sail from Troas strait to Samotrace.
Act 16.11: Den da nex day to Neapolis.
Act 16.14: She everytime go down an pray to God.
Act 16.16: her boss guys, cuz she wen tell da peopo wat goin happen to dem.
Act 16.18: She stay saying dis plenny days, an dat wen bodda Paul to da max.
Act 16.25: fo God, an da odda prisona guys inside da jail wen lissen to dem.
Act 17.2: Fo three week on da Rest Day he wen talk to dem bout da Bible.
Act 17.10: Dat nite da bruddas wen send Paul an Silas away to Berea.
Act 17.15: Da guys dat wen go wit Paul wen take him to Athens.
Act 17.17: An, he wen go da market place every day an talk to da peopo dat stay come dea.
Act 17.21: places dat stay dea, dey everytime talk bout an lissen to da new kine stuff.
Act 17.23: Now I goin tell you bout da god dat you go down an pray to, dat you donno.
Act 18.5: An den Paul wen ony talk to da Jewish peopo everytime.
Act 18.6: da Jewish guys wen stand up agains Paul an wen talk bad to him, he wen shake out his clotheses fo show he wen had it
Act 18.13: governa, “Dis guy, he stay make da peopo go down an pray to God da way dat stay agains our Rules.
Act 18.14: dat stay wrong o some crime, den dass good fo me fo lissen to you guys.
head: Paul Go Back To Antioch
Act 18.19: Paul wen go inside da Jewish church, an wen talk to da Jewish peopo fo help um trus da Good Stuff Bout Jesus.
Act 18.22: Wen Paul wen come Cesarea, he wen go show face to da church guys.”
Act 18.24: One Jewish guy name Apollos wen come to Efesus.
Act 18.28: An he wen talk wit plenny power to da Jewish guys in front all da peopo.
Act 19.27: an da peopo all ova Asia an da world go down an pray to her.
Act 20.2: He wen go thru Macedonia, an wen talk to da peopo ova dea an kokua dem.
Act 20.11: He talk to dem till da sun wen come up, an den he wen go.”
head: Paul Sail From Troas To Miletus
Act 20.13: wen tell us guys fo go by da boat an sail aroun da poin to Assos, cuz he wen like walk ova dea.
Act 20.15: Da nex day we wen cross ova to Samos Island, an da nex day we wen go Miletus town, da
Act 20.22: I donno wat goin happen to me ova dea.
Act 20.24: I ony like do everyting da Boss Jesus wen tell me fo do to da end.
Act 20.32: “Now, I give you guys ova to God, an I tell you fo lissen to wat God say bout how he
Act 20.32: “Now, I give you guys ova to God, an I tell you fo lissen to wat God say bout how he like do good tings fo peopo.
Act 20.38: An dey wen go wit him to da boat.
Act 21.1: Afta us guys wen go way from dem, we wen sail strait to Cos Island.
Act 21.7: We wen sail from Tyre to Tolemais.
Act 21.11: An dey goin give dat guy to da peopo dat not Jews.
Act 21.26: Da nex day Paul wen take da guys to da temple yard fo do da stuff dey gotta do so dey can go
head: Paul Talk To Da Peopo
Act 21.37: place, an he wen tell da main captain, “Eh, try lissen to me!
Act 21.39: Try let me talk to da peopo.
Act 21.40: an Paul wen stand on top da steps, an wen wave his hand to da peopo.
Act 21.40: Wen dey pau yell, he wen talk to dem in local talk.”
Act 22.1: Paul wen say, “My bruddas an faddas, lissen to me!
Act 22.2: Wen dey hear dat he wen talk da local language to dem, den dey wen pau yell, an wen lissen.
Act 22.5: side, dat say I get da right fo bring back Jesus guys to Jerusalem, fo throw um inside da jail an make um suffa.
Act 22.9: wen see da light, but dey neva hear da voice dat wen talk to me.’
Act 22.17: “I wen go back to Jerusalem, an I stay praying inside da temple.
Act 22.19: tell him, ‘Boss, dey know I wen go from one Jewish church to anodda fo throw da peopo dat stay trus you inside jail, an
Act 22.22: Da peopo wen lissen to Paul till he say dat.
Act 23.4: Da guys dat stand near Paul wen say, “Eh, you talking bad to God's Head Priest guy!
Act 23.9: Maybe one spirit o one angel guy wen talk to him.
Act 23.24: can take him by Felix da Governa, an notting goin happen to him.
Act 23.33: Wen da guys on horses wen come to Cesarea, dey wen give da letta to da governa, an give Paul
Act 23.33: guys on horses wen come to Cesarea, dey wen give da letta to da governa, an give Paul to da governa too.
Act 23.33: Cesarea, dey wen give da letta to da governa, an give Paul to da governa too.
Act 23.35: dat Paul stay come from Cilicia, he say, “I goin lissen to you wen da guys come dat poin finga at you.
Act 23.35: Den he wen tell da guys fo take Paul ova to Herod's palace an guard him ova dea.
Act 24.1: Afta five days da Head Priest guy Ananias wen go down to Cesarea wit some a da older leadas.
Act 24.4: But now, so dat I no bodda you moa, try lissen to us litto bit.
Act 24.11: Twelve days befo dis I wen go Jerusalem fo go down an pray to God dea.
Act 24.17: “Long time I stay odda places, an den I wen come back to Jerusalem fo bring money fo my peopo, fo da poor peopo, an
Act 24.24: Felix tell da guards fo bring Paul, an Felix lissen to him.
head: Paul Like Talk To Cesar, Da Big King
Act 25.1: fo take charge, an three days lata he wen go from Cesarea to Jerusalem.
Act 25.3: Dey wen like him fo bring Paul to Jerusalem, cuz dey like kill him wen he stay coming.
Act 25.11: agains me no stay true, nobody get da right fo hand me ova to dem.
Act 25.12: Festus wen talk to his guys, an den he say, “You wen aks fo go in front
Act 25.13: Bumbye King Agrippa an Queen Bernice wen come to Cesarea fo give dea aloha to Festus.
Act 25.13: an Queen Bernice wen come to Cesarea fo give dea aloha to Festus.
Act 25.22: King Agrippa wen tell Festus, “I like lissen to dis guy.
Act 26.3: Dass why I beg you fo try lissen to me till I pau talk.
Act 26.11: Plenny times I wen go from one Jewish church to da odda fo punish um, an I wen try fo make um talk stink
Act 26.18: open dea eyes an fo turn um away from da dark kine stuff to da light; fo turn um away from da Devil's power an turn um
Act 26.18: da light; fo turn um away from da Devil's power an turn um to God.
Act 26.20: gotta come sorry fo all da bad kine stuff dey do, an turn to God.
Act 26.26: you, da king, know bout dis stuff, an I can talk strait to you.
Act 26.29: pray an aks God dat you an all da peopo dat stay listening to me now goin come jalike me -- but not tie up wit chains
head: Paul Sail To Rome
Act 27.1: side, an dey wen hand ova Paul an some odda prisona guys to one captain name Julius from Cesar's army guys.
Act 27.11: But da captain neva like lissen to Paul.
Act 27.12: Dey wen trus dat dey can come to Phoenix an stay ova dea winta time.
Act 27.21: in front dem an say, “Eh, you guys, you neva like lissen to me wen I say we betta not sail from Crete.
Act 27.40: Den dey wen raise all da sails in front to da wind an wen steer um to da beach.
Act 27.40: wen raise all da sails in front to da wind an wen steer um to da beach.
Act 27.43: dat can swim fo jump ova inside da ocean first an swim to da land.
Act 27.44: Dass how all da guys wen come to da land, an nobody wen mahke.
Act 28.1: We wen come to da land okay, an we find out dat dey name da island
Act 28.5: snake from his hand inside da fire, an notting wen happen to Paul.
head: From Malta To Rome
Act 28.12: We wen come to Syracuse an stay ova dea three days.
Act 28.15: ova dea wen hear dat we stay coming, an dey wen come to da Appius Market an da Three Taverns fo meet us.
Act 28.17: But dey wen bus me inside Jerusalem an hand me ova to da Rome guys.
Act 28.20: So I wen tell dese guys I like talk to you.
Act 28.22: But we like lissen to wat you say.
Act 28.23: An dat time even mo peopo wen come to da place wea Paul stay.”
Rom 1.17: But gotta trus him from da start to da end.
head: Everybody Make How Dey Not Suppose To
Rom 1.18: God no matta, an dey do da kine tings dey not suppose to do.
Rom 1.18: wass true, but dey stay do da kine tings dey not suppose to do.
Rom 1.25: Dey show respeck to all da stuffs God wen make, an dey do all da kine
Rom 1.25: One who make everyting, dey no like give love an respeck to him.
Rom 1.27: Dey no like make like dey suppose to wit da wahines.
Rom 1.29: Dey tell stuffs dey not suppose to bout da odda guys.
Rom 1.32: God wen tell um how dey suppose to make, an dey wen hear all dat awready.
Rom 2.7: God goin give some peopo da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva, cuz everytime dey hang in dea an do da right
Rom 3.12: Nobody eva do how dey suppose to.
Rom 4.1: peopo all come from, wat we get fo say bout wat wen happen to him?
Rom 4.25: Jesus wen mahke cuz we neva make how we suppose to.
Rom 5.17: da one guy Adam, wen go do one ting dat he not suppose to do.”
Rom 5.18: So, had dat one guy dat wen do wat he not suppose to do, an cuz a dat now everybody gotta get punish.
Rom 5.19: Dis wat I mean: Adam, he one guy dat neva lissen to God.
Rom 5.19: An da odda guy Jesus, he wen lissen to wat God wen tell him fo do.
Rom 6.13: Use yoa whole body fo do da kine stuff you suppose to do, fo God.
Rom 6.16: know dis: If you let one guy own you, you gotta lissen to wateva da guy tell you, an den you gotta do um.
Rom 6.19: guys all dis, I stay talking da way everybody stay talk to each odda, cuz you guys ony litto bit strong inside.
Rom 6.22: afta, garans you guys goin get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Rom 6.23: Dis da deal: wen you do da tings you not suppose to do, den you cut yoaself off from God.
Rom 6.23: someting dass plenny good -- da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Rom 7.2: Da Rules say, if get one wahine dat stay married to one guy, she gotta stick wit da guy da whole time he stay
Rom 7.5: wen make us guys da kine peopo dat do wat we not suppose to.
Rom 7.7: Jalike I neva know I not suppose to like get odda peopo's stuffs fo myself, if da Rules neva
Rom 7.9: I wen find out dat God wen say dat get tings I not suppose to go do -- an right den an dea, jalike all da bad kine stuff
Rom 7.25: Mahalo plenny to God cuz our Boss Jesus Christ can do um!
Rom 8.14: Da peopo dat lissen to God's Spirit so he can tell um wat fo do, dem guys God's
Rom 8.17: Jalike da Fadda give everyting he get to Christ, his Boy, an dass how he goin make to us guys, same
Rom 8.17: he get to Christ, his Boy, an dass how he goin make to us guys, same time he give um to Christ.
Rom 8.17: an dass how he goin make to us guys, same time he give um to Christ.
Rom 8.20: Not suppose to be lidat, an God know fo shua dat bumbye he goin make all
Rom 8.21: tings fo get um outa dat, so dey can come jalike suppose to be.
Rom 8.23: real hard fo da time wen God goin make us his kids to da max, an goin hemo loose our bodies from all da pilau
Rom 8.27: cuz God's Spirit tink jalike God tink, an da Spirit talk to God an aks him fo help da peopo dat stay spesho fo God.
Rom 8.31: God stay fo us guys to da max.
Rom 8.32: He give us every good ting to da max!
Rom 8.37: Cuz Christ get love an aloha fo us guys to da max, no matta wat kine trouble get, no bodda us, cuz we
Rom 9.4: fo go down in front him an show him respeck how suppose to.
Rom 9.15: Cuz God wen tell Moses, “I goin give chance to da ones I give chance to, An I goin show pity fo da ones I
Rom 9.15: tell Moses, “I goin give chance to da ones I give chance to, An I goin show pity fo da ones I pity.
Rom 9.17: Da Bible tell wat God wen say to da King Pharaoh inside Egypt.”
Rom 9.20: How come you talk back lidat to God, brudda?”
Rom 9.23: An he wen do dat cuz he like show dat he goin give chance to some peopo.
Rom 9.23: He like make shua everybody know dat he stay awesome to da max.
Rom 10.2: lidat, but den, dey donno da main stuff dat dey suppose to know first.
Rom 10.3: right wit God how dey like, an dass why dey no like lissen to him.
Rom 10.16: But you know, wen get Israel peopo dat neva like lissen to da Good Kine Stuff From God.
Rom 10.17: So den: Fo trus God, gotta lissen to da tings he say.
Rom 10.17: An fo lissen to wat God say, first gotta hear bout Christ.”
Rom 10.20: I even wen show myself To da peopo dat neva aks fo see me.”
head: God Give Chance To Da Israel Peopo
Rom 11.4: An wat God wen say to him?
Rom 11.7: dey ony wen come mo hard head still yet an dey no lissen to God.
Rom 11.10: I like he bend um down to size!
Rom 11.11: But afta dey wen go do da way dey not suppose to an no trus God, dat wen mean, now all da odda peopo dat
Rom 11.12: Fo shua, da Israel peopo wen make like dey not suppose to.
Rom 11.16: Eh, you know, if you take litto bit bread, an give um to God, den da whole bread stay spesho fo him too.
Rom 11.16: If you give da root from one tree to God, da whole tree stay spesho fo him too.
Rom 11.22: heart fo you guys if you stick wit God an let him be good to you.
Rom 11.32: He do dat, fo give chance to everybody, same same.
Rom 12.8: If God give you power fo know how fo give good kine words to odda peopo, go do um.
Rom 12.12: You can stay good inside to da max, cuz you know wat God goin do fo you bumbye.
Rom 12.14: Aks God fo make good tings happen to da guys dat make you suffa.
Rom 12.14: No go aks God fo make bad ting happen to dem.
Rom 12.17: If get somebody dat make bad kine to you, no go make same kine to dem fo pay um back.
Rom 12.17: somebody dat make bad kine to you, no go make same kine to dem fo pay um back.
Rom 12.19: dis befo time inside da Bible: “I da One dat goin make bad to peopo, if dey do bad kine stuff, I da One goin pay um
Rom 13.3: If you do da right tings how suppose to, no need be scared a da guys dat stay in charge a da law.
Rom 13.5: Dass why you guys gotta lissen to da govermen guys.
Rom 13.5: Not ony cuz you know inside yoa heart, az how suppose to be, but cuz you know awready, God no goin take notting
Rom 13.7: So pay everybody wat you suppose to.
Rom 13.7: Pay da tax guys all da diffren kine taxes dat you suppose to.
Rom 13.7: Make shua you get respeck fo all da peopo dat suppose to get respeck.
Rom 13.8: No good you owe money to odda peopo.
Rom 13.8: Wen you go show dem love an aloha, dat mean you lissen to everyting da Rules say awready.
Rom 13.10: fo da odda guy, you no goin do notting fo make bad kine to him!
Rom 15.3: time inside da Bible bout da bad kine stuff goin happen to Jesus, “Wen dey stay talk any kine stuff to yoa face, Az
Rom 15.3: goin happen to Jesus, “Wen dey stay talk any kine stuff to yoa face, Az jalike dey telling me same ting.
Rom 15.9: inside da Bible, “Az why I goin talk good bout you plenny To all da odda diffren peopos.
Rom 15.18: Da diffren peopos lissen to Christ now, cuz a da tings I wen tell an do.
Rom 15.19: Dass how I wen tell all da Good Kine Stuff Bout Christ to all da peopo, from Jerusalem side, all da way to Illyricum
Rom 15.19: Christ to all da peopo, from Jerusalem side, all da way to Illyricum side.
Rom 15.20: long time befo I tinking, “I really like tell bout Christ to da peopo dat neva hear notting bout da Good Stuff Bout
Rom 16.2: her in, jalike da peopo dat stay spesho fo God suppose to do, cuz she stay tight wit da Boss Up Dea.
Rom 16.5: An give my aloha to all da peopo dat go church dea house too.”
Rom 16.6: Give my aloha to Mary.
Rom 16.8: Give my aloha to Ampliatus too.
Rom 16.10: Give my aloha to Apelles.
Rom 16.10: Da tings dat wen happen to him, dass jalike one test fo make proof dat he stay tight
Rom 16.10: Give my aloha to Aristobulus ohana.
Rom 16.11: Give my aloha to Herodion too.
Rom 16.13: Give my aloha to Rufus.
Rom 16.14: Give my aloha to Asyncritus, Flegon, Hermes, Patrobas, Hermas, an all da
Rom 16.16: trus Christ all ova da place, dey like say give dea aloha to you guys.
Rom 16.18: Dey talk nice kine to da peopo dat donno wat stay good an wat stay bad still
1Co 1.2: Dass jalike all da odda peopo all ova da world dat talk to da Boss Up Dea wen dey need help.
1Co 1.8: till da time wen our Boss, Jesus Christ, goin come back to dis world.
1Co 1.18: Christ wen mahke on top da cross, dat stuff sound stupid to da peopo dat stay going wipe out fo real kine.
1Co 1.20: Wat goin happen to da smart guys?”
1Co 1.20: An to da teacha guys dat teach da Rules?
1Co 1.20: An to da guys dat nowdays can talk good an make you tink anodda
1Co 1.28: an da kine dey make fun of, an dose dat no mean notting to nobody.
1Co 2.1: An wen I wen talk to you guys, I neva talk jus fo make me look smart.
1Co 2.4: No matta I was teaching, o I was talking to plenny guys, same ting, aah?
1Co 2.6: Fo shua, wen us guys talk to da peopo who stay solid inside, we teach um smart kine
1Co 2.16: O who can teach God wat he suppose to do?
1Co 3.1: I no can talk to you guys jalike you stay tight wit God's Spirit.
1Co 3.2: You guys suppose to be strong, jalike you stay eat da meat awready!
1Co 3.20: know how da smart guys stay tinking, Da guys dat suppose to know wat fo do.
1Co 4.2: stuffs, he gotta be da kine guy dat goin do wat he suppose to.
1Co 4.7: Everyting you guys get, God wen give um to you.
1Co 4.12: Wen dey talk any kine to us, we tell um, “We like God do good tings fo you guys.
1Co 4.13: Wen dey talk stink bout us, we talk good to dem.”
1Co 5.5: Den, hand dis guy ova to da Devil, so da bad kine stuff inside da guy goin get wipe
1Co 5.10: o da peopo dat rip off da odda guy, o da peopo dat pray to da idol kine gods.
1Co 5.11: o he like get everyting ony fo himself, o he go pray to da idol kine gods, o he talk stink an bulai bout odda
1Co 5.12: But you guys suppose to be da judges fo da peopo inside da church, yeah?
1Co 6.7: Mo betta, you let da odda guy go if he wen do wrong to you!
1Co 6.8: But you guys, you do bad kine stuff to each odda, an steal from each odda too, an dey yoa
1Co 6.9: Da guys dat fool aroun da wahines, da peopo dat go pray to da idol kine gods, da peopo dat sleep wit da odda guy's
1Co 6.10: fo demself, da drunk guys, da peopo dat talk any kine to one nodda guy's face, da peopo dat con da odda guy -- fo
1Co 6.19: God da One wen give his Spirit to you guys.
1Co 7.5: to da Devil.
1Co 7.10: dis come from da Boss Up Dea, not me): Da wife not suppose to leave her husban.
1Co 7.11: O if she leave um, she not suppose to marry again, o she gotta go back wit her husban an make
1Co 7.11: An da husban not suppose to make his wife go way too.
1Co 7.12: brudda get one wife dat no trus God, he not suppose to throw her out if she like stay wit him.
1Co 7.13: one wahine get one husban dat no trus God, she not suppose to leave him if he like her stay wit him.
1Co 7.25: You can trus wat I say, cuz God, he good to me an give me chance.
head: Da Food Dey Give To Da Idol Kine Gods
1Co 8.2: someting awready, dey still donno um da way dey suppose to.
1Co 8.4: Even if da peopo make sacrifice to da idol kine gods, an den somebody go eat dat food, we all
1Co 8.8: No mo food dat can make us guys come mo close to God, you know.
1Co 9.2: Even if get odda peopo, God neva send me fo talk to dem.
1Co 9.2: But fo shua, he wen send me fo talk to you guys.
1Co 9.2: dat God wen send me, ony gotta check out wat wen happen to you guys now, how you guys stay tight wit da Boss!
1Co 9.12: Cuz den, you like lissen to da Good Kine Stuff Bout Christ dat we telling you guys.
1Co 9.13: temple, dey get dea food from da sacrifices da peopo bring to da temple.
1Co 9.14: dat stay tell da Good Kine Stuff Bout Christ, dey suppose to get all da stuffs dey need fo live, from dea work.
1Co 9.21: dat donno God's Rules, I wen come jalike dem, fo bring to God da peopo dat donno God's Rules.
1Co 9.22: I no stay strong inside too, so I can bring dem close to God.
1Co 10.1: God wen send, an God wen open da Red Sea from one side to da odda side, an dey all wen walk thru on top da sea
1Co 10.1: odda side, an dey all wen walk thru on top da sea bottom to da odda side.
1Co 10.6: dat stuff wen happen fo show us guys dat we not suppose to go all out fo do da bad kine stuff, jalike all da peopo
1Co 10.7: No good we pray to da idol kine gods, jalike some a da peopo.
1Co 10.8: No good we go fool aroun wit peopo dat we not married to.
1Co 10.11: All dat stuff wen happen to da Israel peopo fo show us guys someting, you know.
1Co 10.13: do da bad kine stuff, dass da same ting, jalike wat happen to all da odda peopo.
1Co 10.16: da communion cup, an tell God he good heart fo give um to us guys -- dat mean, dat all us guys stay tight wit God's
1Co 11.10: Az why da wahine suppose to put someting on top her head, so everybody goin know dat
1Co 11.13: You guys, figga dis yoa own self: Wen one wahine pray to God, an she no use notting fo cover up her head, you tink
1Co 11.15: her da long hair fo cover up her head jalike how suppose to.
1Co 11.19: fo you guys split up, den you can find out who lissen to da Boss, an who no lissen.
1Co 11.20: Cuz wen you guys come togedda fo eat, suppose to be fo rememba da Boss Jesus.
1Co 11.23: da Boss Jesus wen tell me bout dis, an I wen tell um all to you guys.
1Co 12.2: go afta da idol kine gods dat no can even talk, an pray to dem.
1Co 12.8: He give his Spirit to some guys fo give dem da power fo tell odda peopo wass da
1Co 13.3: If I wen sell all my stuffs an use da money fo give food to da poor peopo, an even sacrifice my body in da fire, but I
1Co 13.5: you no goin rememba all da bad kine stuff peopo wen do to you.
1Co 14.2: But da guy no stay talking to da peopo dea.
1Co 14.2: He talking to God.
1Co 14.3: he stay talking to da peopo dea.
1Co 14.6: Wen I talk to you guys, I gotta tell you guys someting God like you fo
1Co 14.8: kine noise, how da army guys goin know wen dey suppose to get ready fo fight, aah?
1Co 14.9: dass easy fo peopo fo undastan, you know, you ony talking to da air.
1Co 14.13: da guy dat stay talking diffren kine language, he suppose to aks God fo da power fo tell wat he mean wen he stay
1Co 14.15: So, wat I suppose to do, aah?
1Co 14.21: God say dis inside his Rules: “I goin try talk to dese peopo Wit peopo dat talk odda kine languages.)
1Co 14.24: fo undastan da diffren kine language, dat guy goin lissen to da tings everybody telling.
1Co 14.24: Wat da talka guys say goin make proof to him dat he wen do bad kine stuffs, jalike dey was all
1Co 14.28: if no mo nobody fo tell wat dey mean, den dey not suppose to talk diffren kine language in front da church peopo.
1Co 14.28: Dey ony suppose to talk diffren kine language inside dea own heart, an dey
1Co 14.28: kine language inside dea own heart, an dey can talk to God lidat too.
1Co 14.30: God show um, den da guy dat stay talking fo God suppose to stop.
1Co 14.34: come togedda fo church, get dis custom: Da wahines suppose to stay quiet wen everybody come togedda fo church.
1Co 14.34: Dey not suppose to talk.
1Co 14.34: Dey suppose to show respeck fo da leada guy.
1Co 14.37: wit da Spirit, dey gotta know dis: Da stuff I writing to you guys, dass da stuff dat da Boss wen tell us guys we
1Co 14.38: Anybody no lissen to dat, den you guys, no lissen to dem.
1Co 14.38: Anybody no lissen to dat, den you guys, no lissen to dem.
1Co 15.10: But God, he so good to me!
1Co 15.24: Same time, Christ da King goin turn ova everyting to God his fadda.
1Co 15.28: fo everyting fo real kine, den, he goin turn ova everyting to God, da One dat wen make him be da boss fo everyting.”
1Co 15.31: But I swear to God, bruddas an sistas, no bodda me if I mahke.
1Co 15.34: Make like you suppose to!”
1Co 16.2: Every Sunday, everybody suppose to stash some money fo dis, from wateva dey wen make.
1Co 16.16: I like tell you guys fo lissen to dat kine peopo an do wat dey tell you.
2Co 1.4: get hard time, an cuz a dat, we can give good kine words to da odda peopo dat get any kine hard time.
2Co 1.13: Da ony stuff we write to you guys, you guys can read an can undastan um.
2Co 2.3: ova dea, I no goin feel all sad cuz a you guys dat suppose to make me feel good inside.
2Co 2.7: Talk nice to him.
2Co 2.16: Wen da peopo dat goin get life to da max fo real kine see us, dat make dem tink bout how dey
2Co 3.1: If you guys tink we need lettas to you guys o from you guys, fo tell dat we good guys, jalike
2Co 3.3: jalike one letta dat Christ wen write, an dat he wen give to us guys fo bring ova hea.
2Co 3.6: you mahke inside, you no get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
2Co 3.17: Wen we get da Spirit from da Boss Up Dea, we can talk to God any time we like.”
2Co 5.12: Den you guys goin know wat fo say to dem guys dat talk big bout wat dey can see, an not bout
2Co 6.6: We give plenny love an aloha to da peopo, an we no ack.
2Co 6.8: show plenny respeck fo us, an odda peopo who make any kine to us.
2Co 6.11: You guys inside Corint, we talking strait to you guys.
2Co 6.13: Now I goin talk to you guys jalike you my kids.
2Co 6.16: You guys tink you can go da temple fo pray to God, an same time you guys go in front da idol kine gods
2Co 6.16: same time you guys go in front da idol kine gods fo pray to dem?
2Co 7.2: We neva do anyting wrong to nobody, we neva make nobody do bad tings, we neva bulai
2Co 7.12: do da ting dat stay wrong, o fo da wahine he wen do bad to.
2Co 8.5: First ting, dey wen give demself to da Boss Up Dea, an dey wen say, “We like give ourself fo
2Co 8.7: like fo you guys do good job fo dis ting too: give plenny to da odda church peopo dat come togedda fo God.
2Co 9.7: Nobody suppose to make um give.
2Co 9.9: Da Bible wen say befo time, “God give stuffs to da poor peopo Wit good kine heart.
2Co 9.10: God give seed to da farma guys who plant.
2Co 9.15: “Mahalo plenny” to God fo Jesus!
2Co 10.1: Eh, I telling you guys fo lissen to me, cuz Christ get good heart fo you guys, an he give you
2Co 10.2: So wen I come ova dea, I tink I gotta talk strait to dem guys.
2Co 10.2: I telling you guys fo try lissen to wat I saying now, so den wen I come ova dea, I no need
2Co 10.2: now, so den wen I come ova dea, I no need talk strong to dem guys.
2Co 11.20: You guys let da odda guys go wen dey make any kine to you.
2Co 11.21: fo say we neva was strong nuff fo make any kine lidat to you guys too, jalike dem.
2Co 12.14: You know, da kids not suppose to stash stuffs fo dea mudda an fadda guys, but da mudda an
2Co 12.14: mudda an fadda guys, but da mudda an fadda guys suppose to stash stuffs fo dea kids.
2Co 12.21: Dey like make any kine to anybody an no mo shame.
2Co 13.11: Lissen to wat I say.
2Co 13.11: Be good to each odda.
Gal 1.12: I neva get um from peopo, an nobody wen teach um to me.
Gal 1.12: Jesus, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, he wen show um to me.
Gal 1.16: Right den an dea I neva talk to nobody, an I neva go Jerusalem fo check out dis stuff wit
Gal 2.2: guys ova dea dat look like dey da leadas, I ony wen talk to dem guys by demself, so dey can check um out.
Gal 2.6: But da guys dat look like dey leadas, dey no big ting to me, cuz God no take peopo in cuz a how dey look.
Gal 2.7: out dat God wen trus me fo tell da Good Stuff Bout Him to da peopo who not Jews, jalike Peter tell um to da Jews.
Gal 2.7: Bout Him to da peopo who not Jews, jalike Peter tell um to da Jews.
Gal 2.11: But wen Peter wen come to Antioch, I wen stand up agains him, cuz he wen do wrong.
Gal 2.20: I get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva inside my body now, cuz I stay trus God's
Gal 3.1: But now you guys no lissen to da true stuff.
Gal 3.4: All da stuff dat wen happen to you guys -- fo notting?
Gal 3.16: So, God wen promise da good stuffs to Abraham an his boy.
Gal 3.18: But God wen give um to Abraham jalike one gif, jalike he wen promise.
Gal 3.19: guys wen give Moses da Rules, an den Moses wen give um to da peopo.
Gal 3.19: So Moses wen stay in da middle, fo talk to both God an da peopo.
Gal 3.20: Need one guy in da middle fo talk to both guys, but no need um if get ony one guy.
Gal 3.24: Da Rules jalike one babysitter fo bring us to Christ, so dat we can trus him an get um right wit God.
Gal 4.10: How come you guys try do everyting dey say you suppose to do fo da spesho religious days, an weeks, an months, an
Gal 4.15: Wat wen happen to you guys?
Gal 4.15: you guys wen even like pull out yoa own eyes an give um to me, if can.
Gal 4.21: Rules fo get um right wit God, how come you guys no lissen to wat da Rules say?
Gal 4.29: who wen born cuz da fadda Abraham like, wen make any kine to da boy Isaac who wen born cuz God's Spirit like.”
Gal 5.2: Dis me Paul, talking to you guys.
Gal 5.7: Who wen mess you guys up so you no lissen to da trut?
Gal 5.8: Dat kine stuff you guys lissen to now, dat no come from da Boss, who wen tell you guys fo
Gal 5.18: So, if you guys lissen to God's Spirit, den you guys no gotta do wat da Rules say fo
Gal 5.23: He help us make nice to peopo an do um wit good kine heart.
Gal 6.1: Make nice to dem, an do um wit good kine heart.
Gal 6.6: But whoeva teach wat God say, da guy he teach suppose to kokua his teacha from da good stuffs da guy get.
Gal 6.8: God's Spirit goin give dem da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
head: Paul's Aloha to da Peopo Efesus Side
Eph 1.21: peopo wat fo do, an all da guys dat get power fo do tings to odda peopo, an all da bosses, an all da guys dat get big
Eph 1.23: he get plenny power fo make everyting come jalike suppose to be.
Eph 2.2: You guys wen like lissen to da Bad Guy, I talking bout da guy dass da leada fo all da
Eph 2.12: Dat time Christ was notting to you guys.
Eph 2.12: why you guys neva stay shua dat someting good goin happen to you guys bumbye.
Eph 2.14: peopo wen build one wall dat neva let us guys go close to each odda.
Eph 2.17: Christ wen go by you guys dat no stay close to God befo time, an by da peopo dat stay close to him.
Eph 2.17: stay close to God befo time, an by da peopo dat stay close to him.
Eph 2.18: Dass why all us guys get da right fo go talk to our Fadda.”
head: Paul Go To Da Diffren Peopos
Eph 3.1: Dass why I praying to God.
Eph 3.5: now, God's Good an Spesho Spirit wen show da secret plan to his spesho guys dat talk fo God, an to da guys dat God wen
Eph 3.5: show da secret plan to his spesho guys dat talk fo God, an to da guys dat God wen send all ova da place fo tell da peopo
Eph 3.12: we know fo shua we no need shame, an we can go talk to God any time we like.
Eph 3.14: telling you guys, az why I go down on my knees an pray to da Fadda.
Eph 4.2: Make nice kine to dem.
Eph 4.7: Christ wen give power to all us guys.
Eph 4.8: Dass why da Bible say, “He wen go up to da high place.
Eph 4.8: An he give plenny stuffs to da peopo.
Eph 4.9: Dat mean dat Christ wen go all da way down to da earth, an afta, den he wen go up inside da sky.”
Eph 4.10: Dat One dat wen go all da way down to da earth, he da same One dat wen go all da way up inside
Eph 4.11: Dat mean, he wen give power to da church peopo.
Eph 4.16: da whole body can grow up an come strong jalike suppose to, you know.
Eph 4.18: Dass why dey no stay close to God, an dey cut off from God.
Eph 4.28: Den dey can give stuffs to da peopo dat need um.
Eph 4.32: Mo betta, make nice to each odda.
Eph 4.32: Show pity an aloha to each odda.
Eph 5.3: stuff not da way da peopo dat stay spesho fo God suppose to ack.
Eph 5.8: Now, go live how suppose to, jalike da guys dat get da light inside dem.
Eph 5.19: Den you goin talk to each odda wit songs from da Bible, an songs bout God, an
Eph 5.21: An you goin show respeck fo each odda an lissen to each odda, cuz you get choke respeck fo Christ.
Eph 5.22: Dat mean, you wifes, lissen to yoa own husbans, jalike you lissen to da Boss.
Eph 5.22: you wifes, lissen to yoa own husbans, jalike you lissen to da Boss.
Eph 5.24: da church guys, show plenny respeck fo Christ an lissen to him, same ting, da wifes gotta everytime show plenny
Eph 6.1: Same ting fo you kids, lissen to yoa mudda an yoa fadda guys, cuz you guys stay tight wit
Eph 6.5: Do um wit good heart, jalike you lissen to Christ.
Eph 6.8: you guys know dat da Boss goin give back good kine stuff to everybody dat do good kine stuff, no matta dey one slave o
Eph 6.9: An he no make diffren kine to diffren peopo.
Eph 6.20: goin tell da Good Stuff, an no be scared, jalike I suppose to.
head: Aloha To Da Bruddas An Sistas
Php 1.1: We writing to all you peopo Philippi side dat stay all out fo God cuz
Php 1.11: Dass how I pray to God.
Php 1.12: Everyting dat wen happen to me ova hea come okay, so mo plenny peopo can hear da Good
Php 1.20: Everytime peopo see wat happen to me, jalike befo time, I like dem see how awesome Christ
Php 1.27: way, jalike da Good Kine Stuff Bout Christ say you suppose to.
Php 2.6: But no matta, he neva tink he gotta go hang on to dat.
Php 2.18: You guys can feel good bout wass happening to me.
Php 2.23: I goin send him right afta I find out wass goin happen to me.
Php 3.3: We no tink we okay jus cuz somebody wen do someting to our body.
Php 3.10: Main ting, I like know Christ to da max.
Php 3.15: you guys tink diffren, God goin show you how you suppose to tink.
head: How You Guys Suppose To Ack
Php 4.5: Make everybody know dat dey no need be scared wen dey talk to you guys, cuz you guys ack gentle wit everybody.
Php 4.12: All dat stuff wen happen to me.
Php 4.18: Dass jalike da kine sacrifice dat smell real nice to him.
Col 2.18: Dey like you go down in front da angel guys, an pray to dem, cuz dey wen dream bout all dat kine stuff.
Col 2.20: So, how come you guys still yet stay lissen to dem?
Col 3.5: No go fool aroun wit somebody you not married to.
Col 3.12: Make nice to dem.
Col 3.19: Eh, husbans, love yoa wife plenny, an no make any kine to her.
Col 3.25: You know, da guy dat do someting wrong to somebody, goin come back to him bumbye.
Col 3.25: da guy dat do someting wrong to somebody, goin come back to him bumbye.
Col 3.25: God no going make to some guys mo betta den to odda guys.
Col 3.25: God no going make to some guys mo betta den to odda guys.
Col 4.1: No make mo betta to one guy den da odda.
Col 4.4: Try pray fo me make um easy fo undastan, cuz I suppose to do um lidat.
Col 4.6: Good fo know how fo talk to any kine guy.
head: Aloha To Da Bruddas An Sistas
Col 4.16: Wen you guys pau read dis letta, give um to da church guys Laodicea side, so dey can read um, an you
1Th 1.2: Every time us guys go pray, we talk to God bout all you guys, an we say, “Mahalo plenny, God, fo
1Th 1.10: he da One dat goin make shua dat notting bad goin happen to us, wen da time come fo God show da peopo dat he no take
1Th 2.8: guys da Good Stuff From God, but we wen like give ourself to you guys, cuz we wen get so plenny love an aloha fo you
1Th 2.11: We wen make to everybody jalike one fadda make to his kids.
1Th 2.11: We wen make to everybody jalike one fadda make to his kids.
1Th 2.14: Same ting wen happen to you guys, jalike wen happen to da church peopo all ova
1Th 2.14: Same ting wen happen to you guys, jalike wen happen to da church peopo all ova Judea.
1Th 2.16: fo stop us guys, so we no can tell da Good Stuff bout God to da peopo dat not Jews.
1Th 3.3: you guys know awready dat God let dat kine stuff happen to all us guys.
1Th 3.5: An if da Tessalonika bruddas an sistas lissen to da Devil, den dey goin do wat he like dem fo do.
1Th 3.8: da Boss, now us guys feel good inside, jalike we stay live to da max fo real kine!
1Th 3.9: way you guys stay live now, we stay feel real good inside to da max!
1Th 4.1: time, you guys wen learn from us guys how you guys suppose to live fo make God stay good inside, jalike you guys stay
1Th 4.11: Go all out fo make nice to everybody, an no bodda odda peopo.
1Th 5.3: Notting goin happen to me!
head: Wat Dey Suppose to Do
1Th 5.12: Dey teach you guys how you suppose to live wen you stay tight wit da Boss.
1Th 5.15: Make shua nobody go do bad kine stuff to da odda guy fo pay um back fo da bad kine stuff he wen do.
1Th 5.15: But try everytime fo do good kine stuff to each odda, an to all da odda guys too.
1Th 5.15: But try everytime fo do good kine stuff to each odda, an to all da odda guys too.
1Th 5.17: No matta wat happen, make time fo talk to God everytime.
1Th 5.27: cuz I talking fo da Boss: Make shua you read dis letta to all da peopo dat stay spesho fo God, so dey can hear um.”
2Th 1.4: Dass why we talk big bout you guys to all God's peopo dat come togedda fo church, all ova.
2Th 1.4: matta da odda peopo make you suffa plenny an make any kine to you guys.
2Th 1.8: God goin punish da peopo dat donno him, an no like lissen to da Good Stuff Bout Our Boss Jesus.
2Th 1.9: God goin punish dem, an wipe dem out to da max foeva.
2Th 2.15: Stay tight wit da stuff we wen hand ova to you guys wen we wen teach you -- da stuff we wen tell you
2Th 3.14: Now, if get one guy dat no like lissen to da stuff we telling you in dis letta, watch out fo dat
1Ti 1.13: Wat Timoty Suppose To Do (6:11 - 6:21) Copyright © 2000, 2009 Wycliffe Bible
1Ti 1.4: No good you lissen everytime to any kine stories, o who yoa ancesta guys stay.
1Ti 1.16: bumbye goin trus Jesus, an get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
1Ti 1.20: Az why I wen give um to da Devil fo take um.
1Ti 2.1: Make shua you guys pray to him wit respeck.
1Ti 2.5: Dat Guy, he go talk to God fo us.
1Ti 2.7: pick me, an send me all ova da place fo tell da Good Stuff to all da diffren peopos dat not Jews.
1Ti 3.3: He no like beef wit odda guys, but he make good to dem.
1Ti 3.11: Everybody know dey goin do wat dey suppose to.
1Ti 3.14: I like come see you now, but I writing dis stuff to you first, cuz if I no can come right away, den you still
1Ti 3.16: God wen take him back To da awesome place inside da sky.
1Ti 4.4: An we not suppose to no like take um, but we suppose to take um an tank God fo
1Ti 4.4: An we not suppose to no like take um, but we suppose to take um an tank God fo um.
1Ti 4.13: Till I come ova dea, stick wit reading da Bible to God's peopo, tell da peopo God's good kine words, an teach
1Ti 5.1: No scold da older guys, but talk to dem wit good kine words, jalike dey yoa fadda.
1Ti 5.1: Same ting, da younga guys, talk to dem jalike dey yoa bruddas.
1Ti 5.2: Same ting, da older wahines, talk to dem jalike dey yoa muddas.
1Ti 5.4: But if one widow get kids o grankids, da kids suppose to know fo show respeck fo dea own widow guys in front God.
1Ti 5.4: Now da kids suppose to take care dea mudda guys an granmudda guys too, jalike how
1Ti 5.12: wild fo marry one mo time, an go broke dea first promise to God.
1Ti 5.13: Dey go holoholo from one house to anodda.
1Ti 5.13: Dey talk bout stuff dey not suppose to.
1Ti 5.18: An, “Da worka guy suppose to get da pay fo wat he do.
1Ti 6.1: Everybody dat stay slave awready, dey suppose to figga lidis: gotta get plenny respeck fo dea boss.
1Ti 6.2: slave guy dat get one boss dat trus God, dey not suppose to show dea boss ony litto bit respeck jus cuz dey bruddas.
1Ti 6.2: Dey suppose to work fo dem mo hard, cuz den dey kokua da guys dat trus
head: Wat Timoty Suppose To Do
1Ti 6.11: an aloha fo everybody, fo hang in dea, an fo make nice to peopo.
1Ti 6.12: Go get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
1Ti 6.20: No lissen to da junk kine talk dat make like God no stay notting.
2Ti 2.6: farma guy dat do all da hard work, he da guy dat suppose to get his share first.
2Ti 2.10: Dass why I stay hanging in dea wen dey do any kine to me -- cuz I like help da peopo God wen pick.
2Ti 2.11: I tell you dis: “If us guys mahke wit Christ, We goin live to da max wit him.
2Ti 2.24: But wen one guy work fo da Boss, he not suppose to like make argue, you know.
2Ti 2.24: He suppose to be friends wit everybody, an be one good teacha, an no
2Ti 3.3: Dey no goin give chance to nobody.
2Ti 3.7: Dey everytime like lissen to any kine teacha, but dey no can figga out wass true.
2Ti 4.3: You know, da time goin come, wen peopo no goin lissen to da peopo who like teach da solid kine stuff.
2Ti 4.4: Dey no goin lissen to da true stuff, an dey goin go da odda way.
2Ti 4.4: But dey goin like lissen to any kine make up stories dat not true.
2Ti 4.5: Do all da kine stuff you suppose to do, cuz you one worka fo God.
2Ti 4.8: -- dass da spesho medal fo da winna, dat da Boss goin give to all da peopo dat do da right tings.
2Ti 4.14: Da Boss goin pay him back bumbye, jalike he wen do to me.
2Ti 4.18: Da Boss, he goin make shua dat notting bad goin happen to me, everytime dey like do bad kine stuff to me.
2Ti 4.18: goin happen to me, everytime dey like do bad kine stuff to me.
2Ti 4.18: He goin take me outa all dat, an take me to da sky, wea he da King.
Tit 1.1: me fo help dem know fo shua da trut bout da way we suppose to be wen we come close to God.
Tit 1.1: da trut bout da way we suppose to be wen we come close to God.
Tit 1.2: dat bumbye God goin give us da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Tit 1.3: wen was da right time, he wen send some guys aroun fo talk to da peopo, fo show dem everyting he like tell dem.
Tit 1.3: God wen trus me fo talk to da peopo lidat, jalike da odda guys.
head: How Titus Suppose To Work, Crete Side
Tit 1.7: Da guy dat stay in charge, he suppose to be real strait too, cuz he get da job fo take care tings
Tit 1.7: not be like da kine guys dat get hard head an no lissen to da odda guy.”
Tit 1.11: Dey teach da kine tings dey not suppose to.
Tit 1.14: peopo dat know da trut, but dey no like do wat dey suppose to do.
Tit 1.14: So no lissen to da kine rules dey make fo you.
Tit 2.3: dem fo ack da way da peopo dat stay spesho fo God suppose to ack.
Tit 2.7: you do, do good kine stuff fo show dem how dey suppose to ack.
Tit 2.12: to da kine stuff dat God no like, an “Not even!
Tit 2.12: to da bad kine stuff da peopo inside dis world like do.”
Tit 2.15: All dis stuff, dass da kine tings you suppose to teach.
Tit 3.1: Help da church peopo rememba dat dey suppose to lissen to all da govermen leada guys, an do wat da rules
Tit 3.1: Help da church peopo rememba dat dey suppose to lissen to all da govermen leada guys, an do wat da rules say, an
Tit 3.3: All da time, we wen do bad tings to peopo, an stay jealous a dem.
Tit 3.4: how plenny love an aloha he stay get fo us, an make good to us.
Tit 3.6: God wen send his Spirit fo take charge a us guys to da max.
Tit 3.7: an stay shua God goin give us da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
Tit 3.10: Den, if he still yet no stop, no lissen no mo to da guy.
Tit 3.15: to you.
Phm 1.11: Befo time, he stay good fo notting to you.
Phm 1.21: I write dis to you, cuz I know you goin do um, an you goin do even mo
Phm 1.25: you guys know deep inside da good way our Boss Jesus make to you.”
Heb 1.1: time ago, plenny times God wen send his talka guys fo talk to our Hebrew ancesta guys.
Heb 1.2: everyting stay coming pau, God wen send his Boy fo talk to us guys.
Heb 1.3: wen go sit down up ova dea in da sky, On da right side nex to God Da Awesome King.
Heb 1.5: You know, God no talk to da angel guys how he talk to his Boy.
Heb 1.5: You know, God no talk to da angel guys how he talk to his Boy.
Heb 1.8: But God talk to his Boy lidis: “My Boy, you God.
Heb 1.13: God neva say dis to da angel guys, but den he wen tell dis to his Boy: “Come
Heb 1.13: God neva say dis to da angel guys, but den he wen tell dis to his Boy: “Come ova hea, sit down!
Heb 2.13: God wen give dem to me!
Heb 3.3: Az jalike da guy dat wen build one house suppose to get mo respeck den da house he build.
Heb 3.10: Dey neva like lissen to me.
Heb 5.1: Dis main pries guy, he give dea gifs to God, an he make sacrifices fo da bad kine stuff dey wen
Heb 5.2: Dis kine guy goin make easy to da peopo dat mess up cuz dey donno wat dey suppose to do.
Heb 5.2: easy to da peopo dat mess up cuz dey donno wat dey suppose to do.
Heb 5.2: Dass why he make easy to dem.
Heb 5.7: An God wen lissen to him, cuz Christ all da time show him respeck, an ony do
Heb 5.9: perfeck, an now he da One dat take all da peopo dat lissen to him outa da bad kine stuff dey stay doing.
Heb 6.9: But we stay shua dat mo betta tings goin happen to you guys, cuz God stay taking you guys outa da bad kine
Heb 6.13: Befo time God wen make one promise to him.
Heb 6.18: Dass fo us guys dat stay running to God from da bad kine stuff, so dat we can take da good
Heb 7.6: Now Abraham, he da guy dat God wen make promises to, but still yet, Melkizedek wen tell him, “God goin do
Heb 7.7: he gotta be da mo importan guy dass telling dat kine ting to da guy dass not so importan.
Heb 7.10: wen meet Abraham an Abraham wen pay da ten percent to Melkizedek, dass almos jalike Abraham wen pay um fo all da
Heb 7.16: Jesus, he stay one pries guy cuz he get da power fo live to da max foeva, an no mo notting can wipe him out.)
Heb 7.22: An cuz God wen make one strong promise to Jesus lidat, garans Jesus da One dat goin make shua us
Heb 7.25: he stay dea fo aks God fo help fo da peopo dat come to God cuz a him.
Heb 8.3: dey wen pick um fo come pries fo give da peopo's gifs to God, an fo kill da animals fo make da sacrifices.
Heb 8.3: Az why Jesus, he gotta bring someting fo give to God too.
Heb 8.4: be one pries guy, cuz awready get guys dat give da gifs to God, jalike da Jewish Rules say.
Heb 8.11: time, dey goin all know me, Da small litto guys all da way to da big importan guys.
Heb 9.1: An had one spesho place on top da earth wea dey suppose to do all dat.
Heb 9.6: da time inside da first room, fo do da tings dey suppose to do dea, cuz dass dea job.
Heb 9.7: He give da blood from da sacrifice to God -- fo himself first, an den fo da bad kine stuff da
Heb 9.9: da shame dat da peopo get inside, da peopo dat like pray to God.
Heb 9.10: can eat an drink stuffs, an all da kine ways dey suppose to wash diffren kine tings.
Heb 9.10: dass ony rules bout da outside kine stuff dey suppose to do till God make everyting come new.
Heb 9.11: He da One dat make good kine stuff come to us guys awready.
Heb 9.14: Christ wen give himself to God fo mahke, jalike one pries give God one perfeck animal
Heb 9.21: an on top everyting da pries guys use fo make sacrifice to God.
Heb 10.8: bout da stuff da peopo doing cuz da Rules say dey suppose to do um.
Heb 10.12: on da right side, da place wea da mos importan guy suppose to sit.
head: No Make To God's Boy Jalike He Poho
Heb 10.29: Get peopo dat make to God's Boy jalike he poho, jalike dey walking all ova him.
Heb 10.29: Dey talk any kine to God's Spesho Spirit dat do plenny good tings fo dem.
Heb 10.29: So den, God goin make plenny mo worse still yet to dem guys den he wen make to da odda peopo dat neva like
Heb 10.29: make plenny mo worse still yet to dem guys den he wen make to da odda peopo dat neva like lissen his Rules befo time.
Heb 10.33: Had times da peopo wen talk any kine to you guys in front everybody, an dey wen make you guys
Heb 10.33: Odda times da peopo wen make same kine to yoa friends, an you guys wen stick wit yoa friends.
Heb 10.39: da kine peopo dat trus God, an cuz a dat we goin hang on to da kine life dat stay fo real.
Heb 11.4: No matta Abel mahke, he still yet stay talking to us guys, cuz he wen trus God.
Heb 11.9: Dass cuz God wen make da same promise to dem.
Heb 11.11: God wen make promise to her dat she goin born one kid, an she wen trus God dat he
Heb 11.14: talk lidat, dat kine peopo show dat dey really like get to da place dat goin stay dea own country fo real kine.
Heb 11.18: Befo time, God wen make promise to Abraham bout dat boy.
Heb 11.24: Dass why, wen he come big, he no let nobody make to him like he King Pharaoh's daughta's hanai boy no matta
Heb 11.31: wen God wen wipe out da Jericho peopo dat neva like lissen to him, he neva wipe her out.
Heb 11.34: Dey wen make da big fire do notting to dem.
Heb 11.35: Dey neva like sell out to da guys dat go agains dem jus so dey can get outa trouble.
Heb 11.37: Peopo make any kine to dem, an give um plenny presha.
Heb 11.40: da ting God wen promise us, an come jalike we all suppose to.
Heb 12.5: you guys good kine words inside da Bible, an dat he talk to you guys jalike one fadda talk to his kids?
Heb 12.5: da Bible, an dat he talk to you guys jalike one fadda talk to his kids?
Heb 12.7: God make lidat to you guys, cuz you his kids.”
Heb 12.9: So den even mo, we gotta lissen to God.
head: You Betta Lissen To God!
Heb 12.25: get it, if we no lissen da One from da sky wen he talking to us!
Heb 13.2: No foget fo show aloha to peopo from odda place so dey can make house yoa place.
Heb 13.3: An tink plenny bout da peopo dat oddas make any kine to, cuz you guys get body too, you know, jalike dem.
Heb 13.4: back, an everybody dat fool aroun anybody dey not married to.
Heb 13.13: We let da peopo make any kine to us, jalike dey wen make any kine to Jesus fo make him
Heb 13.13: da peopo make any kine to us, jalike dey wen make any kine to Jesus fo make him shame.
Heb 13.22: bruddas an sistas, I aks you guys fo hang in dea an lissen to da good kine words I sending you guys, cuz I ony wen write
Heb 13.24: Give my aloha to all yoa leada guys an all God's peopo.
Heb 13.25: I like all you guys know deep inside da good way God make to you.
Jas 1.4: guys grow up an come mo strong inside, jalike you suppose to, so dat you guys no need notting moa.
Jas 1.5: God give plenny to everybody, you know.
Jas 1.12: He goin get da kine life dat God wen promise to da peopo dat get love an aloha fo him.
Jas 1.18: da kine dat da farma guy pick first fo make present to God.
Jas 1.20: no help you fo do da right kine stuff God say you suppose to do.
Jas 1.21: Mo betta lissen to wat God say.
Jas 1.22: An no ony lissen to da tings God say, now.
head: No Make Nice To Some Peopo An Not To Odda Peopo
head: No Make Nice To Some Peopo An Not To Odda Peopo
Jas 2.1: So, no ony make nice to some peopo, an not to odda peopo, jus cuz you tink dey no
Jas 2.1: So, no ony make nice to some peopo, an not to odda peopo, jus cuz you tink dey no look good.
Jas 2.2: Wat if get two guys dat come to yoa church meeting.
Jas 2.3: Den you guys make nice to him, an you tell um, “Come!
Jas 2.4: You guys stay ony make nice to some peopo, an not to odda peopo, cuz you tink dey no look
Jas 2.4: You guys stay ony make nice to some peopo, an not to odda peopo, cuz you tink dey no look good, an you making
Jas 2.5: give dem all da good kine stuff dat he wen promise awready to all da peopo dat get love an aloha fo him.
Jas 2.6: But you guys, you make any kine to da poor peopo.
Jas 2.9: But if you make nice to some peopo, an not to oddas, da tings God tell his peopo
Jas 2.9: But if you make nice to some peopo, an not to oddas, da tings God tell his peopo dey gotta do, show dat
Jas 2.21: he wen put his boy Isaac on top da altar fo make sacrifice to God.
Jas 3.1: Kay den, but you know, not everybody suppose to teach.
Jas 3.10: Az not how suppose to be!
Jas 3.17: Dey make good to everybody an make friends wit everybody.
Jas 3.17: Dey no make good ony to dea friends.
Jas 4.7: So den, give yoaself to him.”
Jas 4.8: So, come close to God, an he goin come close to you.
Jas 4.8: So, come close to God, an he goin come close to you.
Jas 5.4: You guys was suppose to pay dem fo da work dey wen do, but you guys neva.
Jas 5.4: Da Boss Ova All Da Armies [inside da sky], he stay lissen to dem!
Jas 5.5: an make yoaself all fat, fo da time dey goin take you guys to da slaughterhouse!
Jas 5.7: dey put da seed inside da groun, till get da first rain, to da last rain.
Jas 5.12: Main ting, my bruddas an sistas, no go say, “I swear to God fo make promise.
Jas 5.12: Wen you make promise, no go say “I swear to God by da earth dat I goin do um.
Jas 5.12: An no go say “I swear to God by da sky” o by any odda ting.”
Jas 5.13: Good dey sing to God!
Jas 5.20: you help anodda guy who wen do someting bad fo come back to God an no do bad kine stuff, you goin save da guy so he no
1Pe 1.1: I stay writing to all you guys dat God wen pick.
1Pe 1.14: Now you guys gotta make jalike kids dat lissen to dea mudda an fadda.
1Pe 1.17: You guys talk to God jalike he yoa Fadda.
1Pe 1.20: But God neva show Christ to da peopo inside da world till dese last times.
1Pe 2.6: Dat stone worth plenny to me.
1Pe 2.7: You guys dat trus him, he worth plenny to you guys, too.”
1Pe 2.8: Dass wat God wen say goin happen to dem.”
head: Lissen To Each Odda
1Pe 2.13: Lissen to da king, cuz he da main leada.
1Pe 2.14: Lissen to da governa guys, cuz dey da one da king wen send fo punish
head: Worka Guys, Lissen To Yoa Boss
1Pe 2.18: You worka guys, lissen to yoa boss, an get respeck fo dem.
1Pe 2.18: Not ony fo da boss dat make good to you, but fo da boss dat give you hard time too.
1Pe 2.23: Wen dey wen say any kine to him, he neva say any kine back.
1Pe 2.25: da sheeps dat stay lost, but now you guys wen come back to God.
head: Wifes, Lissen To Yoa Husban
1Pe 3.1: Same ting, you wifes lissen to yoa husban.
1Pe 3.3: Da good looks you get not suppose to come from wat you look like outside, jalike da fancy kine
1Pe 3.4: Wat mo importan, suppose to come from da inside, jalike doing everyting nice kine, an
1Pe 3.4: God say, “Dat kine worth plenny to me.
1Pe 3.5: Dey wen lissen to dea own husban.”
head: Husbans, Lissen To Yoa Wife
1Pe 3.9: If somebody do da bad kine tings to you, no do da bad kine tings back.
1Pe 3.9: If somebody talk any kine to you, no talk any kine back.
1Pe 3.12: Dea get aloha fo da peopo Dat do tings jalike dey suppose to, An he lissen good wen dey pray to him, But da Boss stay
1Pe 3.12: jalike dey suppose to, An he lissen good wen dey pray to him, But da Boss stay agains da peopo dat do da bad kine
1Pe 3.20: Dey da peopo dat neva like lissen to God long time ago.
1Pe 4.3: No matta dey not suppose to, dey go down an pray to da idol kine gods.
1Pe 4.3: No matta dey not suppose to, dey go down an pray to da idol kine gods.
1Pe 4.6: Dass why Jesus wen teach da Good Kine Stuff From God to dem, so dey can come alive inside fo real kine an do wat
1Pe 4.14: Wen somebody talk any kine to you cuz you Christ's guys, you can stay good inside, cuz
1Pe 4.17: So den, wat you figga goin happen to da guys dat no like lissen to da Good Kine Stuff From God?
1Pe 4.17: wat you figga goin happen to da guys dat no like lissen to da Good Kine Stuff From God?
1Pe 4.18: hard fo da good guys Fo come out okay, Wat goin happen to da guys dat ack like God no matta, Da guys dat stay doing
head: Wat Da Older Church Leadas Suppose To Do
1Pe 5.1: You know, I one older leada guy, so I telling dis to you older leada guys: I was dea wen Christ wen suffa, an I
head: Wat Da Odda Christian Peopo Suppose To Do
1Pe 5.5: Same ting, you younga guys, lissen to yoa older leada guys.
1Pe 5.12: Silas stay help me fo write dis small letta to you guys.
1Pe 5.12: He one brudda who everytime do wat he suppose to.
2Pe 1.3: Az how he wen give us guys everyting we need fo live to da max fo real kine, da way God like.
2Pe 1.19: You guys need lissen to wat dey wen say till Jesus come back.
2Pe 2.1: An if you guys lissen to dem, you goin wipe out fo shua.
2Pe 2.1: Dey even goin say dat dey no need lissen to God, dea owna, neva mind he wen pay high price fo dem.
2Pe 2.6: jalike God notting, dat show dem da same ting goin happen to dem if dey make lidat.
2Pe 2.7: how da odda guys wen go buckaloose da way dey neva lissen to God's Rules.
2Pe 2.9: show dat da Boss know how fo take peopo dat like lissen to him outa trouble.
2Pe 2.12: Fo shua dey goin be wipe out, cuz dey make any kine to odda peopo.
2Pe 2.17: guys dat bulai, dey jalike one puka wea da water suppose to come out, but no mo water.
2Pe 2.19: Dose buggas, dey promise peopo, “If you lissen to us guys, you can go do any kine how you like!
2Pe 2.22: da Smart Guys book: “Da dog throw up, an den he go back to um.
2Pe 3.1: Eh, my good friends, dis my numba two letta to you guys.
2Pe 3.17: Dey no like lissen to da rules, an dey like bulai you guys an make you guys go
1Jn 1.2: you guys fo shua bout da real kine life he give dat stay to da max foeva.
1Jn 1.4: We write dis stuff to you guys so dat we can stay good inside to da max.
1Jn 1.4: write dis stuff to you guys so dat we can stay good inside to da max.
1Jn 1.8: If we say we no do bad kine stuff, we stay bulai to ourself, an we donno wass true.
1Jn 2.1: I stay write dis stuff to you guys, so you no do bad kine stuff.
1Jn 2.1: dat do bad kine stuff, we get one Guy dat stay talk to da Fadda fo us.
1Jn 2.5: plenny love fo God, an da love an aloha stay coming good to da max inside dem.
1Jn 2.12: I writing to you kids, Cuz God wen let you guys go An hemo all da shame
1Jn 2.13: I writing to you faddas, Cuz you guys know God fo real kine, who stay
1Jn 2.13: I writing to you younga guys, Cuz you guys wen fight da Bad Guy, da
1Jn 2.14: I writing to you kids Cuz you guys wen know da Fadda fo real kine.
1Jn 2.14: I writing to you faddas, Cuz you guys wen know da One who stay from
1Jn 2.14: I writing to you younga guys, Cuz you guys strong, an wat God say stay
1Jn 2.22: Dey no lissen to da Fadda o his Boy.
1Jn 2.23: Da peopo dat no lissen to God's Boy, God not dea Fadda.
1Jn 2.25: he wen say he goin give us -- da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
1Jn 3.4: cuz wen you do bad kine stuff, dat mean you no lissen to God's Rules.
1Jn 3.15: one guy dat kill peopo no mo da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
1Jn 4.5: come from dis world, an da peopo inside da world lissen to dem.
1Jn 4.6: Da guy dat know God lissen to us.
1Jn 4.6: Da guy dat no come from God no lissen to us.
1Jn 4.12: aloha fo each odda, den God stay wit us an his love stay to da max inside all us guys.
1Jn 4.17: mean dis: wen da same kine love an aloha dat God get, stay to da max inside all us guys, den we no need be scared wen we
1Jn 5.11: God say: he wen give us da real kine life dat goin stay to da max foeva, an dat kine life come from his Boy.”
head: Da Kine Life Dat Goin Stay To Da Max Foeva
1Jn 5.13: I write dis to you guys dat stay trus God's Boy so you guys can know dat
1Jn 5.13: guys can know dat you guys get da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
1Jn 5.20: Dass da real God, an dass da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva.
2Jn 1.12: Den we all goin stay good inside to da max.
3Jn 1.1: I da older leada fo da church guys hea, an I writing to you.
3Jn 1.4: Dis da ting dat make me stay good inside to da max: wen I hear dat my kids stay doing da true kine
3Jn 1.9: I wen write one letta to da church peopo dat come togedda ova dea, but da guy
3Jn 1.9: but da guy Diotrefes like be da boss, an he no like lissen to me an my friends.
Jud 1.8: Dey no like lissen to nobody dat get da right fo be da boss.
Jud 1.9: wen mahke, but he no dare poin finga da Devil an talk bad to him.
Jud 1.13: Dey jalike da stars dat no go wea dey suppose to.
Jud 1.21: He goin take you guys all da way, so you guys can live to da max foeva.
Jud 1.22: Give um chance to da guys who not shua dey trus God.
Rev 1.1: God like Jesus make um clear to da peopo dat work fo him.
Rev 1.1: Christ wen send one angel messenja guy fo make um clear to me, John, cuz I one a his worka guys.
Rev 1.3: Whoeva read dis book to odda peopo, an everybody dat lissen to da stuff dat God
Rev 1.3: read dis book to odda peopo, an everybody dat lissen to da stuff dat God say goin happen, an do um, dey goin stay
head: John Give His Aloha To Da Seven Churches
Rev 1.4: I writing um to you church peopo dat come togedda inside seven churches
Rev 1.8: Da Boss, he say, “I everyting, from first to last, A to Z.
Rev 1.8: Da Boss, he say, “I everyting, from first to last, A to Z.
Rev 1.11: down inside one book da stuff you goin see, an send um to da peopo inside da seven churches, da ones inside Efesus,
Rev 1.12: I wen turn aroun fo see who was talking to me, an wen I wen turn, I see seven gold stands fo put da
Rev 1.13: He get one long robe dat hang down to his feet, an one gold cloth ova his shoulda an across his
Rev 2.1: dat come togedda fo church Efesus side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One dat hold da seven stars inside his
Rev 2.8: dat come togedda fo church Smyrna side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One dass first an last, da One dat wen
Rev 2.9: Dey say dey come togedda fo pray to God, but dey work fo da Devil.
Rev 2.12: who come togedda fo church Pergamum side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da guy dat get da sword dat get two side
Rev 2.14: um eat food da odda peopo awready wen give fo sacrifice to da idol kine gods, an go fool aroun wit peopo dey not
Rev 2.14: idol kine gods, an go fool aroun wit peopo dey not married to.
Rev 2.18: who come togedda fo church Tyatira side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Dis wat God's Boy say, da One dat get
Rev 2.20: So dey go fool aroun da peopo dey not married to, an eat da food from da sacrifices dat odda guys wen give
Rev 2.20: an eat da food from da sacrifices dat odda guys wen give to da idol kine gods.
Rev 2.24: ‘Now, I like tell dis to all you odda peopo inside Tyatira, you guys dat no lissen
Rev 2.24: all you odda peopo inside Tyatira, you guys dat no lissen to da Jezebel wahine an no like learn wat dey call “da deep
Rev 3.1: who come togedda fo church Sardis side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One dat stay in charge a da seven
Rev 3.7: come togedda fo church Philadelphia side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One who stay living ony fo God, you
Rev 3.14: who come togedda fo church Laodicea side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One dat stay true, who tell everyting
Rev 4.1: He was talking to me, an he say, “Eh, come up hea!
Rev 5.9: wen bleed an mahke, Fo pay da price fo bring peopo back to God, From every ohana, an language, an peopo, an country.
Rev 5.12: He get da right fo everybody give respeck to him, An tell how awesome he stay, An tell him he good
Rev 6.13: An da stars wen fall down from da sky to da earth, jalike da fig kine fruit dat not ripe yet fall
Rev 6.14: All da mountains an all da islands wen move to diffren place.
Rev 6.16: Dey wen yell to da mountain an da rock, “Fall down on top us an hide us,
Rev 7.2: Wit one loud voice he call to da four angel guys dat get da power fo mess up da land an
Rev 8.3: top da gold kine altar in front God's throne, fo give um to him.
Rev 8.4: Da smoke from da incense dat stay burning, wen go up to God from da pan dat da angel guy stay hold.
Rev 8.4: da prayers from da peopo dat stay spesho fo God wen go up to God too, wit da smoke.
Rev 9.1: his trumpet, an I wen see one star fall down from da sky to da earth.
Rev 10.5: on top da sea an da land, he wen raise his right hand to da sky.
Rev 11.10: All da peopo goin party, an send plenny present to each odda.
Rev 11.12: talk fo God wen hear one loud voice from da sky dat talk to dem, an tell, “Come up hea!
Rev 11.12: da guys dat wen stay agains dem wen look, dey see um go up to da sky inside one cloud.
Rev 11.18: Same ting you goin give to all da guys dat wen talk fo you, An all yoa spesho peopo,
Rev 11.18: talk fo you, An all yoa spesho peopo, An you goin give um to da ones dat get respeck fo how you stay, Da big peopo an
Rev 12.4: wen sweep some a da stars outa da sky, an throw um down to da groun: one star from every three stars.
Rev 12.5: But God wen grab up da boy to him an to his throne.
Rev 12.5: But God wen grab up da boy to him an to his throne.
Rev 12.6: Den da wahine wen run to da boonies, to one place dat God wen make ready fo her, an
Rev 12.6: Den da wahine wen run to da boonies, to one place dat God wen make ready fo her, an somebody wen
Rev 12.12: But auwe to you guys on top da earth an da sea!
Rev 12.13: Wen da Dragon wen see dat God wen throw um down to da earth, he wen chase da wahine dat wen born da baby boy.
Rev 12.14: give her two wings jalike one big eagle, so she can fly to da place wea he wen make ready fo her inside da boonies.”
Rev 12.17: Dass everybody dat lissen to wat God tell um fo do, an do all da true stuff dat Jesus
Rev 13.4: All da peopo wen go down an pray to da Dragon, cuz he wen give da Wild Animal da right fo take
Rev 13.4: An dey go down an pray to da Wild Animal too.
Rev 13.8: Everybody on top da earth goin go down an pray to da Wild Animal.
Rev 13.8: Tell Who Get God's Kine Life, dey no goin go down an pray to da Wild Animal.
Rev 13.10: Whoeva suppose to go prison, Dey goin go prison!
Rev 13.10: Whoeva suppose to mahke wit da sword, Dey goin mahke wit da sword!
Rev 13.10: why, God's spesho peopo, dey gotta hang in dea an lissen to God an trus him!
Rev 13.12: He stay make all da peopo all ova da world go down an pray to da first Wild Animal, da one dat wen get bus up real bad,
Rev 13.13: He even wen make da fire come down from da sky to da earth in front everybody.
Rev 13.15: An anybody dat no like go down an pray to da statue, dey goin kill um.
Rev 14.4: Dey da first peopo dat give demself to God an his Baby Sheep Guy, jalike one gif.
Rev 14.7: Give love an respeck to da One dat wen make da sky, da earth, da ocean, an da
Rev 14.12: Dey da ones dat lissen to God, an stay trus Jesus.
Rev 15.1: angel messenja guys, an dey bring seven big kine trouble to da peopo.
Rev 15.7: da four tings dat stay alive wen give seven gold kine bowl to da seven angel guys.
Rev 16.2: da Wild Animal's mark on top dem an dat go down an pray to his statue, dey get bad kine sore dat come out all ova dem
Rev 16.8: Den God wen give power to da sun fo burn da peopo wit fire.”
Rev 16.19: He make to dem jalike wen one guy make anodda guy drink too much real
Rev 17.13: like do: dey goin give dea power an dea right fo come king to da Wild Animal.
Rev 18.5: da Babylon peopo doing, So plenny, jalike dey stack up to da sky!
Rev 18.19: on top da sea, We wen come rich, cuz we bring rich stuffs to Babylon!
Rev 18.20: Da Babylon peopo wen make any kine to you guys, But God wen come fo judge dem!
Rev 19.9: can stay good inside, all da peopo dat God tell fo come to da wedding lu`au fo God's Baby Sheep Guy!
Rev 19.17: He was talking loud to da scavenja birds flying in da air, “Come hea fo da big
Rev 19.20: mark on top dea forehead, an dat wen go down an pray to his statue.
Rev 21.6: I everyting, from first to last, A to Z.”
Rev 21.6: I everyting, from first to last, A to Z.”
Rev 21.8: dat fool aroun, dat make kahuna, dat go down an pray to da idol kine gods, an everybody dat bulai, dey goin go
Rev 21.10: God's Spirit wen take charge a me, an da angel wen take me to one big an high mountain, an show me Jerusalem, da town
Rev 21.16: Get same wide, one side to da odda, an same high all aroun.
Rev 22.8: dat, I wen go down in front da angel guy dat wen show um to me, fo show love an respeck to him.”
Rev 22.8: angel guy dat wen show um to me, fo show love an respeck to him.”
Rev 22.9: Mo betta, ony give love an respeck to God!
Rev 22.12: An I goin bring wit me da stuff fo give back to everybody fo everyting dey wen do.
Rev 22.15: da peopo dat like kill oddas, da peopo dat go down an pray to da idol kine gods, an everybody dat love fo bulai.
Rev 22.18: God say inside dis book: You guys betta not add notting to dis book.
Rev 22.21: I like all you guys know da good way our Boss Jesus make to you!